If the PHY has been configured to allow pause frames, then the MAC
should be configured to generate and/or accept those frames.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pause frames are used to enable flow control. A MAC can send and
receive pause frames in order to throttle traffic. However, the PHY
must be configured to allow those frames to pass through.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This improves UDP spreading, and also slightly improves GRO performance
of encapsulated TCP on 7000 series NICs.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mlx5 HW, encapsulation is offloaded by the steering rule having
index into an encapsulation table containing the entire set of headers
to be added by the HW. The driver sets these headers in a buffer when we
are offloading the action.
The code maintains mlx5_encap_entry for each encap header it has
encountered when attempted to offload TC tunnel set action.
This entry maintains a linked list of all the flows sharing the same
encap header, when the last flow is removed from the list the encap
entry is removed.
The actual encap_header is allocated by the driver in the hardware only
if we have layer two neighbour info when the encap entry is created.
While the flow is in the driver, the driver holds a reference on the
neighbour.
When a new flow with encap action is inserted, the code first checks if
the required encap entry exists according to the tunnel set parameters.
If it does the encap is shared, otherwise a new mlx5_encap_entry is
created.
TC action parsing implementation in the driver assumes that tunnel set
action is provided in the same order set by the user, e.g before the
mirred_redirect action.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By implementing this ndo, the host stack will set the vxlan udp port
also to VF representor netdevices. This will allow the TC offload code
in the driver when it gets a tunnel key set action to identify the UDP
port as vxlan, and hence the rule will be a candidate for offloading.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance the parsing of offloaded TC rules to set HW matching on outer
(encapsulation) headers.
Parse TC tunnel release action and set it as mlx5 decap action when the
required capabilities are supported.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support steering rules which add encapsulation headers,
encap_id parameter is needed.
Add new mlx5_flow_act struct which holds action related parameter:
action, flow_tag and encap_id. Use mlx5_flow_act struct when adding a new
steering rule.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating flow tables, allow the caller to specify creation flags.
Currently no flags are used and as such this patch doesn't add any new
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of comparing to a const value, check the value of max encap
header size capability as reported by the Firmware.
Fixes: 575ddf5888 ('net/mlx5: Introduce alloc_encap and dealloc_encap commands')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The alloc and dealloc encap commands will be used in the mlx5e driver,
as such, declare them in a common header file.
Also, rename the functions: mlx5_cmd_{de}alloc_encap is replaced with
mlx5_encap_{de}alloc.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes regression introduced by patch adding feature flags. It was
already reported and patch followed (it got accepted) but it appears it
was incorrect. Instead of fixing reversed condition it broke a good one.
This patch was verified to actually fix SoC hanges caused by bgmac on
BCM47186B0.
Fixes: db791eb297 ("net: ethernet: bgmac: convert to feature flags")
Fixes: 4af1474e61 ("net: bgmac: Fix errant feature flag check")
Cc: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We received two reports of BUG_ON in bnad_txcmpl_process() where
hw_consumer_index appeared to be ahead of producer_index. Out of order
write/read of these variables could explain these reports.
bnad_start_xmit(), as a producer of tx descriptors, has a few memory
barriers sprinkled around writes to producer_index and the device's
doorbell but they're not paired with anything in bnad_txcmpl_process(), a
consumer.
Since we are synchronizing with a device, we must use mandatory barriers,
not smp_*. Also, I didn't see the purpose of the last smp_mb() in
bnad_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 9d2afba058.
The original issue would possibly exist if an external module
tried calling our "ethtool_ops" without checking if it still
exists.
The right way of solving it is by simply doing the check in
the caller side.
Currently, no action is required as there's no such use case.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses a union for copying data to & from management firmware
when interacting with it.
Problem is that the function always copies sizeof(union) while commit
2edbff8dcb ("qed: Learn resources from management firmware") is casting
a union elements which is of smaller size [24-byte instead of 88-bytes].
Also, the union contains some inappropriate elements which increase its
size [should have been 32-bytes]. While this shouldn't corrupt other
PF messages to the MFW [as management firmware enforces permissions so
that each PF is allowed to write only to its own mailbox] we fix this
here as well.
Fixes: 2edbff8dcb ("qed: Learn resources from management firmware")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When moving from typhoon_get_settings to typhoon_getlink_ksettings
in the commit f7a5537cd2 ("net: 3com: typhoon: use new api
ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings"), we use a local variable supported
but we forgot to update the struct ethtool_link_ksettings with
this value.
We also initialize advertising to zero, because otherwise it may
be uninitialized if no case of the switch (tp->xcvr_select) is used.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of adding hooks inside stmmac_platform it is better to just use
the standard PM callbacks within the specific dwmac-driver. This only
used by the dwmac-rk driver.
This reverts commit cecbc5563a ("stmmac: allow to split suspend/resume
from init/exit callbacks").
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the rk_gmac_init() only calls another function move this
function call into probe so rk_gmac_init() can be removed.
Since commit cecbc5563a ("stmmac: allow to split suspend/resume
from init/exit callbacks") the init hook is no longer used in
dwmac-rk so this can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the exit hook into a standard driver remove function as
the hook doesn't really buy us anything extra.
Eventually the exit hook will be deprecated in favor of the driver
remove function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use standard PM resume/suspend callbacks instead of the hooks in
stmmac_platform. This gives the driver more control and flexibility
when implementing PM functionality. The hooks in stmmac_platform
also doesn't buy us anything extra.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The smsc911c driver puts its device into low power state when entering
system suspend. Although it doesn't update the device's runtime PM status
to RPM_SUSPENDED, which causes problems for a parent device.
In particular, when the runtime PM status of the parent is requested to be
updated to RPM_SUSPENDED, the runtime PM core prevent this, because it's
forbidden to runtime suspend a device, which has an active child.
Fix this by updating the runtime PM status of the smsc911x device to
RPM_SUSPENDED during system suspend. In system resume, let's reverse that
action by runtime resuming the device and thus also the parent.
Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Make sure to drop the reference taken by class_find_device() in
hnae_get_handle() on errors and when later releasing the handle.
Fixes: 6fe6611ff2 ("net: add Hisilicon Network Subsystem...")
Cc: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Cc: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the references taken by bus_find_device() before
returning from emac_dev_open().
Note that phy_connect still takes a reference to the phy device.
Fixes: 5d69e0076a ("net: davinci_emac: switch to new mdio")
Cc: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the references taken by of_get_child_by_name() and
bus_find_device() before returning from cpsw_phy_sel().
Note that holding a reference to the cpsw-phy-sel device does not
prevent the devres-managed private data from going away.
Fixes: 5892cd135e ("drivers: net: cpsw-phy-sel: Add new driver...")
Cc: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the variant of amac hardware present in the Broadcom
Northstar2 based SoCs. Northstar2 requires an additional register to be
configured with the port speed/duplexity (NICPM). This can be added to
the link callback to hide it from the instances that do not use this.
Also, clearing of the pending interrupts on init is required due to
observed issues on some platforms.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the bgmac driver to allow for phy's defined by the device tree
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dev member of struct sti_dwmac is not used anywhere in the driver
so lets just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename sti_dwmac_init to sti_dwmac_set_mode which is a better
description for what it really does.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add clock error handling to probe and in the process move clock enabling
out of sti_dwmac_init() to make this easier.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sti_dwmac_init() function is called both from probe and resume.
Since DT properties doesn't change between suspend/resume cycles move
parsing of this parameter into sti_dwmac_parse_data() where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement PM callbacks and driver remove in the driver instead
of relying on the init/exit hooks in stmmac_platform. This gives
the driver more flexibility in how the code is organized.
Eventually the init/exit callbacks will be deprecated in favor
of the standard PM callbacks and driver remove function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since sti_dwmac_parse_data() sets dwmac->clk to NULL if not clock was
provided in DT and NULL is a valid clock there is no need to check for
NULL before using this clock.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since dwmac-sti is a DT only driver checking for OF node is not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-11-04
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.
Don does cleanup and configuration for our X553 devices, related to LED,
auto-negotiation, flow control and SFP+ setup and config. Adds the
(not secret) sauce for B0 hardware for X553 hardware.
Emil provides several fixes, first replaces the driver specific MDIO
defines for the more preferred equivalent kernel ones. Provides a fix
for auto-negotiaion status, by reading a PHY register twice. Introduces
ixgbe_link_operations structure to allow X550EM_a to override the
methods for MDIO access while X550EM_x provides methods to use I2C
combined access.
Mark fixes an issue where the driver was crashing when msix_entires
were not there because they were freed by a previous suspend or remove.
Sowmini Varadhan fixes an issue where an incorrect check for IPPROTO_UDP
in ixgbe_atr(). Then makes sure that the network and transport headers
in the paged data are available in the headlen bytes to calculate the
l4_proto.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <generated/utsrelease.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there. Also only
clear the interrupts when the interface is up, because there
aren't any when it is not up.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For some Tx paths (e.g., tpacket_snd()), ixgbe_atr may be
passed down an sk_buff that has the network and transport
header in the paged data, so it needs to make sure these
headers are available in the headlen bytes to calculate the
l4_proto.
This patch expect that network and transport headers are
already available in the non-paged header dat. The assumption
is that the caller has set this up if l4_proto based Tx
steering is desired.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit 9f12df906c ("ixgbe: Store VXLAN port number in network order")
incorrectly checks for hdr.ipv4->protocol != IPPROTO_UDP
in ixgbe_atr(). This check should be for "==" instead.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were using an old Alpha version of the X550 phy ID. This was leading
to unnecessary queries of the PHY. I removed the old ID (which shouldn't
be on any HW) and add the two that are.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add X553 FW ALEF support for B0. ALEF is the new unified
FW. This contains updated register defines for ALEF speed
configuration. Likewise it also removes the AN_CNTL_8 usage from
the native SFI flow as it is no longer supported by FW.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix an issue where set_phy_power was NULL for X550 copper devices
because get_invariants was called before hw->device_id was set.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Introduce ixgbe_link_operations struct with the following changes:
read_i2c_combined => read_link
read_i2c_combined_unlocked => read_link_unlocked
write_i2c_combined => write_link
write_i2c_combined_unlocked => write_link_unlocked
This will allow X550EM_a to override these methods for MDIO access
while X550EM_x provides methods to use I2C combined access. This
also adds a new structure, ixgbe_link_info, to hold information
about the link. Initially this is just method pointers and a bus
address.
The functions involved in combined I2C accesses were moved from
ixgbe_phy.c to ixgbe_x550.c. The underlying functions that carry
out the combined I2C accesses were left in ixgbe_phy.c because
they share some functions with other I2C methods.
v2 - set hw->link.ops in probe.
v3 - check ii->link_ops before setting it since we don't have it
for all devices.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove SFP ixfi code since there is no HW that currently supports it.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds X553 flow control auto negotiation for fiber and
backplain. To enable this new function pointers were added as well
as creating a function to dynamically set function pointer we can't
define only on MAC type.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Read the PHY register twice in order to get the correct value for
autoneg_status.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace some ixgbe specific MDIO defines with their equivalent
from the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch updates ixgbe_setup_phy_link_generic to set/unset
auto-negotiation for all speeds. This ensures that unsupported
speeds are unset. This is necessary since the PHY NVM may
advertise unsupported speeds.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support to get the LED link active via the LEDCTL
register. If the LEDCTL register does not have LED link active
(LED mode field = 0x0100) set then default LED link active returned.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X553 doesn't need all the initialization that X552 did for iXFI. This
patch will allow native SPI SFP+ to work with X553 devices. Future
patches will add additional configuration as needed.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When prof_sel is invalid, mlx5_core_warn is called but the
mlx5_core_dev is not initialized yet. Solution is moving the prof_sel code
after dev->pdev assignment
Fixes: 2974ab6e8b ('net/mlx5: Improve driver log messages')
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As for the current generation of the mlx5 HW (CX4/CX4-Lx) per flow vlan
push/pop actions are emulated, we must not program them to the firmware.
Fixes: f5f8247609 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Support VLAN actions in the offloads mode')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We ignored the vlan priority in offloaded TC rules matching part,
fix that.
Fixes: 095b6cfd69 ('net/mlx5e: Add TC vlan match parsing')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF reps should be altogether on the same NS as they were created.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mlx5e_open_channel CQs must be created before napi is enabled.
Here we move the XDP CQ creation to satisfy that fact.
mlx5e_close_channel is already working according to the right order.
Fixes: b5503b994e ("net/mlx5e: XDP TX forwarding support")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of mlx5e_open_rq fails the error handling will jump to
label err_close_xdp_sq and will try to close the xdp_sq unconditionally.
xdp_sq is valid only in case of XDP use cases, i.e priv->xdp_prog is
not null.
To fix this in this patch we test xdp_sq validity prior to closing it.
In addition we now close the xdp_sq.cq as well.
Fixes: b5503b994e ("net/mlx5e: XDP TX forwarding support")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most infrastructure can be reused, provide separate handling
of context offsets and exit codes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_bpf_offload() takes all .setup_tc() parameters but it
doesn't use them at the moment. Remove unnecessary ones to make
it possible for XDP to reuse this function.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add XDP support. Separate stack's and XDP's TX rings logically.
Add functions for handling XDP_TX and cleanup of XDP's TX rings.
For XDP allocate all RX buffers as separate pages and map them
with DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calculate packet offsets early in nfp_net_rx() so that we will be
able to use them in upcoming XDP handler. While at it move relevant
variables into the loop scope.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow changing the number of rings via ethtool .set_channels API.
Runtime reconfig needs to be extended to handle number of rings.
We need to be able to activate interrupt vectors before rings are
assigned to them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will need to rerun the initialization of the RSS indirection table
after the number of rings is changed. Move the code to a separate
function.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of fixing ring -> vector relations up in ring swap functions
put the reassignment into a helper function which will reinit all
links.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upcoming XDP support will break the assumption that one can iterate
over IRQ vectors to get to all the rings easily. Use nn->.x_ring
arrays directly.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ring allocation helpers encapsulate all ring allocation and
initialization steps nicely. Reuse them on .ndo_open() path.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"Shadow" in ring helpers used to mean that the helper will allocate
rings without touching existing configuration, this was used for
reconfiguration while the device was running. We will soon use
the same helpers for .ndo_open() path, so replace "shadow" with
"ring_set".
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All functions which need to reallocate ring resources at runtime
look very similar. Centralize that logic into a separate function.
Encapsulate configuration parameters in a structure.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report number of rings via ethtool .get_channels API.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the driver framework to separate out platform/ACPI specific code
from general code during device initialization. This will allow for the
introduction of PCI device support.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tx and Rx DMA channel status determiniation is different depending on the
version of the hardware. Update the channel status processing code to
account for the change. Also, reduce the timeout value used when stopping
the channels.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reading all management counter registers as 64-bit
values. The indication of whether to read the high 32-bits to form
a 64-bit value is indicated in the version data.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare the code to be able to support accessing of the PCS registers
in a new way, while maintaining the current access method. Provide a
version specific field that indicates the method to use.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to be able to use clause 37 auto-negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for the future introduction of clause 37 auto-negotiation by
updating the current auto-negotiation related functions to identify
them as clause 73 functions. Move interrupt enablement to the
enable/disable auto-negotiation functions. Update what will be common
routines to check for the current type of AN and process accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare the code to be able to work with more than one type of phy by
adding additional callable functions into the phy interface and removing
phy specific settings/functions from non-phy related files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate the FIFO across the hardware Rx queues based on the priority
of the queues. Giving more FIFO resources to queues with a higher
priority. If PFC is active but not enabled for a queue, then less
resources can allocated to the queue.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the Rx and Tx fifos are evenly allocated between the hardware
queues of the device. As more queues are instantiated, the fifo memory
needs to be able to be allocated based on queue priority. This allows for
higher priority queues to have more fifo memory than lower priority
queues. Prepare for this by modifying the current fifo calculation to
assign the fifo queue allocation in an array that is then used to program
the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the length value used for the PCS register dump so that the full
value can be displayed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the ehea driver is missing a call to netif_carrier_off()
before the interface bring-up; this is necessary in order to
initialize the __LINK_STATE_NOCARRIER bit in the net_device state
field. Otherwise, we observe state UNKNOWN on "ip address" command
output.
This patch adds a call to netif_carrier_off() on ehea's net device
open callback.
Reported-by: Xiong Zhou <zhou@redhat.com>
Reference-ID: IBM bz #137702, Red Hat bz #1089134
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Douglas Miller <dougmill@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The system-status register is actually 16-bit wide and not 8 bit-wide.
Fixes: 233fa44bd6 ("mlxsw: pci: Implement reset done check")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver allocates replacement buffers before-hand to make
sure whenever an aggregation begins there would be a replacement
for the Rx buffers, as we can't release the buffer until
aggregation is terminated and driver logic assumes the Rx rings
are always full.
For every other Rx page that's being allocated [I.e., regular]
the page is being completely mapped while for the replacement
buffers only the first portion of the page is being mapped.
This means that:
a. Once replacement buffer replenishes the regular Rx ring,
assuming there's more than a single packet on page we'd post unmapped
memory toward HW [assuming mapping is actually done in granularity
smaller than page].
b. Unmaps are being done for the entire page, which is incorrect.
Fixes: 55482edc25 ("qede: Add slowpath/fastpath support and enable hardware GRO")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Synopsys Designware MAC Glue layer for the Oxford Semiconductor OX820.
Acked-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver sets the skb l4/l3 hash based on NIC_CFG_RSS_HASH_TYPE_*,
which is bit mask. This is wrong. Hw actually provides us enum.
Use CQ_ENET_RQ_DESC_RSS_TYPE_* to set l3 and l4 hash type.
Fixes: bf751ba802 ("driver/net: enic: record q_number and rss_hash for skb")
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Dillow <dave@thedillows.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XDP statistics are reported in ethtool, in total and per ring,
as follows:
- xdp_drop: the number of packets dropped by xdp.
- xdp_tx: the number of packets forwarded by xdp.
- xdp_tx_full: the number of times an xdp forward failed
due to a full tx xdp ring.
In addition, all packets that are dropped/forwarded by XDP
are no longer accounted in rx_packets/rx_bytes of the ring,
so that they count traffic that is passed to the stack.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separately manage the two types of TX rings: regular ones, and XDP.
Upon an XDP set, do not borrow regular TX rings and convert them
into XDP ones, but allocate new ones, unless we hit the max number
of rings.
Which means that in systems with smaller #cores we will not consume
the current TX rings for XDP, while we are still in the num TX limit.
XDP TX rings counters are not shown in ethtool statistics.
Instead, XDP counters will be added to the respective RX rings
in a downstream patch.
This has no performance implications.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support XDP CQ type, and refactor the CQ type enum.
Rename the is_tx field to match the change.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The coalesce settings behave badly when changing just one value:
... # ethtool -c eth0
rx-usecs: 249
... # ethtool -C eth0 tx-usecs 250
... # ethtool -c eth0
rx-usecs: 248
This occurs due to rounding errors when calculating the microseconds
value - the divisons round down. This causes (eg) the rx-usecs to
decrease by one every time the tx-usecs value is set as per the above.
Fix this by making the divison round-to-nearest.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'create_root_ns()' does not return an error pointer, so the test can be
simplified to be more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The documentation says that SGMII_LN_UCDR_SO_GAIN_MODE0 should be
set to 0, not 6, on the Qualcomm Technologies QDF2432.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing the interrupt trigger region id to 2 and the
corresponding threshold set0/set1 values to 8/16.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ethernet v1 hardware has a bug related to coalescing, disabling
this feature.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We used to always allocate the same number of TX and RX rings
so the support for having r_vectors without one of the rings
was dropped. That makes us, however, unnecessarily limited
to 8 TX rings (8 is the Linux RSS default) most of the time.
Also we are about to add channel count configuration via
ethtool, so bring that support back. TX rings can now default
to num_online_cpus() and RX rings to netif_get_num_default_rss_queues().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
num_irqs is not used anywhere, replace it with max_r_vecs which holds
number of allocated RX/TX vectors and is going to be useful soon.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_irqs_wanted() doesn't really encapsulate much logic,
remove it and inline the calculations.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use unsigned int consistently for vector/ring counts.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are currently using define for max TX rings to allocate IRQ
vectors. It's OK since the max number of rings for TX and RX
are currently the same, but lets make the code nicer by taking
max of the two.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already force ring sizes to be power of 2 so replace
modulo operations with AND (size - 1) in index calculations.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a separate buffer allocation function to be called
from NAPI. We can make assumptions about the context and
buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speed up RX processing by moving to the alloc_frag()/build_skb()
paradigm. Since we're no longer mapping the entire buffer for
DMA add helpers which take care of calculating offsets and
lengths.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_rx() is quite long already and about to get longer.
Move buffer drop/recycle to a helper.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper function to calculate the buffer size at run time.
Buffer lengths will now depend on the FW prepend configuration
instead of assuming the most space consuming configuration and
defaulting to 2k buffers at initialization time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't declare functions as static inline in .c files and
remove dead code it was hiding.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ether_setup() will be invoked by alloc_etherdev_mqs(), no need
to call it again.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop all code related to nfp3200. It was never widely deployed
as a NIC.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are few variables in nfp_net_poll() which are used only
once or unused but set. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When relaxing the limitation on the number of unicast MAC filters
an interface can configure, qed started passing the MAC quota to
qede. However, the value is initialized only for PFs, causing VFs
to always try and configure themselves as promiscuous
[as they believe they lack the resources to configure the rx-mode].
Fixes: 7b7e70f979 ("qed*: Allow unicast filtering")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver is now setting the ndev's priv_flags instead of adding to it,
causing pktgen failure to utilize various features due to the loss
of the IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING indication.
Fixes: 7b7e70f979 ("qed*: Allow unicast filtering")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current bgmac code initializes some DMA settings in the receive control
register for some hardware and then immediately clears those settings.
Not clearing those settings results in ~420Mbps *improvement* in
throughput; this system can now receive frames at line-rate on Broadcom
5871x hardware compared to ~520Mbps today. I also tested a few other
values but found there to be no discernible difference in CPU
utilization even if burst size and prefetching values are different.
On the hardware tested there was no need to keep the code that cleared
all but bits 16-17, but since there is a wide variety of hardware that
used this driver (I did not look at all hardware docs for hardware using
this IP block), I find it wise to move this call up and clear bits just
after reading the default value from the hardware rather than completely
removing it.
This is a good candidate for -stable >=3.14 since that is when the code
that was supposed to improve performance (but did not) was introduced.
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Fixes: 56ceecde1f ("bgmac: initialize the DMA controller of core...")
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed some of unnecessary if statements and unreachable code found by
static code analysis tool.
The return value of i40e_vsi_control_rings(..., false) is always 0. So,
test for non-zero will never be true. The function has been split into
"int i40e_vsi_start_rings()" and "void i40e_vsi_stop_rings()" for better
understanding.
Similarly, the function i40e_vsi_kill_vlan() never fails. So, checking
for return value is also unnecessary. Function definition changed to void.
The i40e_loopback_test() function is not implemented. The function and
all references to loopback testing were removed.
Change-ID: Id45cf66f6689ce2bc4e887de13f073e30e8431bd
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds I40E_NVMUPD_STATE_ERROR state for NVM update.
Without this patch driver has no possibility to return NVM image write
failure.This state is being set when ARQ rises error.
arq_last_status is also updated every time when ARQ event comes,
not only on error cases.
Change-ID: I67ce43ba22a240773c2821b436e96054db0b7c81
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosin <maciej.sosin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For some cases when reading from device are incorrect or image is
incorrect, this part of code causes crash due to division by zero.
Change-ID: I8961029a7a87b0a479995823ef8fcbf6471405e1
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a VF is reset, it gets a new VSI, so all of its MAC filters go
away. Correctly set the number of filters to 0 when freeing VF
resources. This corrects a problem with failure to add filters when the
VF driver is reloaded.
Change-ID: I2acbecf734287b67473bb225293e14b5096acbef
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch reorders the logic at the end of i40e_tx_map to address the
fact that the logic was rather convoluted and much larger than it needed
to be.
In order to try and coalesce the code paths I have updated some of the
comments and repurposed some of the variables in order to reduce
unnecessary overhead.
This patch does the following:
1. Quit tracking skb->xmit_more with a flag, just max out packet_stride
2. Drop tail_bump and do_rs and instead just use desc_count and td_cmd
3. Pull comments from ixgbe that make need for wmb() more explicit.
Change-ID: Ic7da85ec75043c634e87fef958109789bcc6317c
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a common method for finding a VSI by type. The main
motivation for doing this is that the Flow Director path actually had two
ways of handling this, one stopped on first match and one did not. This
patch makes it so that all callers of this function will get the same
approach for finding a VSI.
Change-ID: Ibf25de8acd8466582520694424aa87da66965fbd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the second call to msleep outside the loop, and move the msleep
within the loop as the first step. This guarantees that a single loop
will wait the minimum time first, and then after the reset finishes we
no longer need an extra msleep.
Change-ID: Ib2086f0a142402b614f67846bc091754203a0b9a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current Rx timestamp hang logic is not very robust because it does
not notice a register is hung until all four timestamps have been
latched and we wait a full 5 seconds. Replace this logic with a newer Rx
hang detection based on storing the jiffies when we first notice
a receive timestamp event. We store each register's time separately,
along with a flag indicating if it is currently latched. Upon first
transitioning to latch, we will update the latch_events[i] jiffies
value. This indicates the time we first noticed this event. The watchdog
routine will simply check that the either the flag has been cleared, or
we have passed at least one second. In this case, it is able to clear
the Rx timestamp register under the assumption that it was for a dropped
frame. The benefit if this strategy is that we should be able to
detect and clear out stalled RXTIME_H registers before we exhaust the
supply of 4, and avoid complete stall of Rx timestamp events.
Change-ID: Id55458c0cd7a5dd0c951ff2b8ac0b2509364131f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need a locking mechanism to protect the hardware SYSTIME register
which is split over 2 values, and has internal hardware latching. We
can't allow multiple accesses at the same time. However....
The spinlock_t is overkill here, especially use of spin_lock_irqsave,
since every PTP access will halt hardirqs. Notice that the only places
which need the SYSTIME value are user context and are capable of sleeping.
Thus, it is safe to use a mutex here instead of the spinlock.
Change-ID: I971761a89b58c6aad953590162e85a327fbba232
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When hardware has taken a timestamp for a received packet, it indicates
which RXTIME register the timestamp was placed in by some bits in the
receive descriptor. It uses 3 bits, one to indicate if the descriptor
index is valid (ie: there was a timestamp) and 2 bits to indicate which
of the 4 registers to read. However, the driver currently does not check
the TSYNVALID bit and only checks the index. It assumes a zero index
means no timestamp, and a non zero index means a timestamp occurred.
While this appears to be true, it prevents ever reading a timestamp in
RXTIME[0], and causes the first timestamp the device captures to be
ignored.
Fix this by using the TSYNVALID bit correctly as the true indicator of
whether the packet has an associated timestamp.
Also rename the variable rsyn to tsyn as this is more descriptive and
matches the register names.
Change-ID: I4437e8f3a3df2c2ddb458b0fb61420f3dafc4c12
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We duplicate some code around adding and deleting filters using the
adminq interface. This is prone to errors in case there are bugs. Use
functions which extract the logic to their own portion so that we don't
duplicate it twice in code.
Change-ID: I60d68aeb887976787dec00b23ab386a106e61465
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We determine that a VSI is in vlan_mode whenever it has any filters
with a VLAN other than -1 (I40E_VLAN_ALL). The previous method of doing
so was to perform a loop whenever we needed the check. However, we can
notice that only place where filters are added (i40e_add_filter) can
change the condition from false to true, and the only place we can
return to false is in i40e_vsi_sync_filters_subtask. Thus, we can remove
the loop and use a boolean directly.
Doing this avoids looping over filters repeatedly especially while we're
already inside a loop over all the filters. This should reduce the
latency of filter operations throughout the driver.
Change-ID: Iafde08df588da2a2ea666997d05e11fad8edc338
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently there exists a bug where adding at least one VLAN and then
removing all VLANs leaves the mac filters for the VSI with an incorrect
value for 'vid' which indicates the mac filter's VLAN status.
The current implementation for handling the removal of VLANs is wrong
for a couple reasons. The first is that when i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
iterates through the MAC filters, it fails to account for the MAC filter
status; i.e. it's not accommodating for filters that are about to be
deleted. The second problem is that MAC filters can be deleted in other
places (specifically i40e_set_rx_mode). Thus if it occurs that all the
VLAN MAC filters get deleted we need to switch out of VLAN mode, but the
code path through i40e_vsi_kill_vlan has already been executed and we're
now stuck in VLAN mode.
This patch fixes the issue by removing the check from i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
and puts the check instead in i40e_sync_vsi_filters where we're
guaranteed to see all filter deletions and can properly detect when we
need to switch out of VLAN mode.
Change-ID: Ib38fe6034b356eee9a0e20b8a9eeed5ff2debcd9
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, we fail to correctly restore filters on the temporary add
list when we fail to allocate memory either for deletion or addition.
Replace calls to "goto out;" with calls to a new location that correctly
handles memory allocation failures.
Note that it is safe for us to call i40e_undo_filter_entries on the
tmp_del_list even after we've deleted filters because at this point it
will be empty, so we don't need to separate the logic for add and
delete failure.
Change-Id: Iee107fd219c6e03e2fd9645c2debf8e8384a8521
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace the mac_filter_list with a static size hash table of 8bits. The
primary advantage of this is a decrease in latency of operations related
to searching for specific MAC filters, including .set_rx_mode. Using
a linked list resulted in several locations which were O(n^2). Using
a hash table should give us latency growth closer to O(n*log(n)).
Change-ID: I5330bd04053b880e670210933e35830b95948ebb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
When inside a loop where we call i40e_del_filter we use an O(n^2)
pattern where i40e_del_filter calls i40e_find_filter for us. We can
avoid this O(n^2) logic by factoring a function, __i40e_del_filter() out
from the i40e_del_filter code. This allows us to re-use the delete logic
where appropriate without having to search for the filter twice.
This new function benefits several functions including i40e_vsi_add_vlan,
i40e_vsi_kill_vlan, i40e_del_mac_vlan_all, and i40e_vsi_release.
Change-ID: I75fabe0f53bf73f56b80d342e5fdcfcc28f4d3eb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When adding new MAC address filters, the driver determines if it should
behave in VLAN mode (where all MAC addresses get assigned to every
existing VLAN) or in non-VLAN mode where MAC addresses get assigned the
VLAN_ANY identifier. Under some circumstances it is possible that a VLAN
has been marked for removal (such that all filters of that VLAN are set
to I40E_FILTER_REMOVE), and a subsequent call to i40e_put_mac_in_vlan
may occur prior to the driver subtask that syncs filters to the
hardware.
In this case, we may add filters to the new removed VLAN, even though it
should have been removed. This is most obvious when first adding a new
VLAN. We will delete all filters which are in I40E_VLAN_ANY (-1) and
then re-add them as in VLAN 0 (untagged). Then before we sync filters,
we will add new MAC address filter, which will be added to every VLAN
that exists. Unfortunately, this will include I40E_VLAN_ANY, so we will
end up incorrectly adding filters to the -1 VLAN. This can be fixed by
simply skipping all filters which are marked for removal.
A similar check is not necessary in i40e_del_mac_all_vlan, since we are
deleting, and any filter which we find already marked for removal would
simply be deleted again, which doesn't cause any issues.
Change-Id: I7962154013ce02fe950584690aeeb3ed853d0086
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a PVID has been assigned to a VSI, the function
i40e_put_mac_in_vlan arbitrarily modifies all filters
to have the same VLAN. This is obviously incorrect
because it could be modifying active filters without
putting them into the NEW state. The correct method
is to remove then re-add filters which is already done
in the code where we assign the PVID.
Fix this issue and a few other minor nits at the same
time. First, when we have a PVID don't even bother
looping and simply add the filter with the PVID immediately.
In the case of the loop, we now can remove several checks.
We also don't need to use i40e_find_filter first before
calling i40e_add_filter, since i40e_add_filter implicitly
does a lookup already.
Finally, update the return semantics of this function so
that on failure to add a filter it returns NULL, but on
success, it returns the last filter added. Otherwise,
we're just returning the last filter in the list. An
alternative fix might be to return 0 or an error code,
but this is pretty invasive to every call site.
Change-ID: I2325dfd843aec76d89fb0d7cb0e7c4f290a34840
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch will be modifying these functions and making a call to
a static function which currently is defined after these functions. Move
them in a separate patch to ease review and ensure the moved code is
correct.
Change-ID: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The kernel provides __dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync in order for drivers
which need individual notification of add and delete for each filter.
These functions allow us to vastly simplify our .set_rx_mode handler. We
need to implement two functions for sync and unsync which add and remove
filters respectively.
This change avoids a very complex and inefficient algorithm which
resulted in an abnormal latency for the .set_rx_mode NDO operation. The
resulting code after this change is more readable, more efficient, and
less code.
Due to the callback signature used by these functions we also must
update several other functions to take a const u8 * pointer.
Change-Id: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Originally the is_vf and is_netdev fields were added in order to
distinguish between VF and netdev filters in a single VSI. However, it
can be noted that we use separate VSI for SRIOV VFs and for netdev VSI.
Thus, since a single VSI should only ever have one type of filter, we
can simply remove the checks and remove the typing.
In a similar fashion, we can note that the only remaining way to get
multiple filters of a single type is through a debug command that was
added to debugfs. This command is useless in practice, and results in
causing bugs if we keep counter tracking but lose the is_vf and
is_netdev protections as desired above.
Since the only time we'd actually have a counter value besides 0 and
1 is through use of this debugfs hook, we can remove this unnecessary
command, and the entire counter logic it required.
We vastly simplify mac filters by removing
(a) the distinction between VF and netdev filters
(b) counting logic
(c) the ability to add and remove filters bypassing the stack via debugfs
Change-ID: Idf916dd2a1159b1188ddbab5bef6b85ea6bf27d9
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Trival fix, dev_err message is missing a \n, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, each interfaces assumes it receives an equal portion
of HW/FW resources, but this is wasteful - different partitions
[and specifically, parititions exposing different protocol support]
might require different resources.
Implement a new resource learning scheme where the information is
received directly from the management firmware [which has knowledge
of all of the functions and can serve as arbiter].
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver sets several restrictions about the number of supported VFs
according to available HW/FW resources.
This creates a problem as there are constellations which can't be
supported [as limitation don't accurately describe the resources],
as well as holes where enabling IOV would fail due to supposed
lack of resources.
This introduces a new interal feature - vf-queues, which would
be used to lift some of the restriction and accurately enumerate
the queues that can be used by a given PF's VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today, RDMA capabilities are learned from management firmware
which provides a per-device indication for all interfaces.
Newer management firmware is capable of providing a per-device
indication [would later be extended to either RoCE/iWARP].
Try using this newer learning mechanism, but fallback in case
management firmware is too old to retain current functionality.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the qed_lm_maps is closely tied with the QED_LM_* defines,
when iterating over the array use actual size instead of the qed
define to prevent future possible issues.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware is interested in various tidbits about
the driver - including the driver state & several configuration
related fields [MTU, primtary MAC, etc.].
This adds the necessray logic to update MFW with such configurations,
some of which are passed directly via qed while for others APIs
are provide so that qede would be able to later configure if needed.
This also introduces a new default configuration for MTU which would
replace the default inherited by being an ethernet device.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the device, a MID entry represents a group of local ports, which can
later be bound to a MDB entry.
The lookup of an existing MID entry is currently done using the provided
MC MAC address and VID, from the Linux bridge. However, this can result
in an incorrect reuse of the same MID index in different VLAN-unaware
bridges (same IP MC group and VID 0).
Fix this by performing the lookup based on FID instead of VID, which is
unique across different bridges.
Fixes: 3a49b4fde2 ("mlxsw: Adding layer 2 multicast support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an interface is configured to use Tx/Rx-only queues,
the length of the statistics would be shortened to accomodate only the
statistics required per-each queue, and the values would be provided
accordingly.
However, the strings provided would still contain both Tx and Rx strings
for each one of the queues [regardless of its configuration], which might
lead to out-of-bound access when filling the buffers as well as incorrect
statistics presented.
Fixes: 9a4d7e86ac ("qede: Add support for Tx/Rx-only queues.")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch fixes an issue with the ldmvsw driver where
the network connection of a guest domain becomes non-functional after
the guest domain has panic'd and rebooted.
The root cause was determined to be from the following series of
events:
1. Guest domain panics - resulting in the guest no longer processing
network packets (from ldmvsw driver)
2. The ldmvsw driver (in the control domain) eventually exerts flow
control due to no more available tx drings and stops the tx queue
for the guest domain
3. The LDC of the network connection for the guest is reset when
the guest domain reboots after the panic.
4. The LDC reset event is received by the ldmvsw driver and the ldmvsw
responds by clearing the tx queue for the guest.
5. ldmvsw waits indefinitely for a DATA ACK from the guest - which is
the normal method to re-enable the tx queue. But the ACK never comes
because the tx queue was cleared due to the LDC reset.
To fix this issue, in addition to clearing the tx queue, re-enable the
tx queue on a LDC reset. This prevents the ldmvsw from getting caught in
this deadlocked state of waiting for a DATA ACK which will never come.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Young <Aaron.Young@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The second SET_NETDEV_DEV() in the hunk should be
removed.
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=D5Ix
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'shared-for-4.10-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/leon/linux-rdma
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox mlx5 core driver updates 2016-10-25
This series contains some updates and fixes of mlx5 core and
IB drivers with the addition of two features that demand
new low level commands and infrastructure updates.
- SRIOV VF max rate limit support
- mlx5e tc support for FWD rules with counter.
Needed for both net and rdma subsystems.
Updates and Fixes:
From Saeed Mahameed (2):
- mlx5 IB: Skip handling unknown mlx5 events
- Add ConnectX-5 PCIe 4.0 VF device ID
From Artemy Kovalyov (2):
- Update struct mlx5_ifc_xrqc_bits
- Ensure SRQ physical address structure endianness
From Eugenia Emantayev (1):
- Fix length of async_event_mask
New Features:
From Mohamad Haj Yahia (3): mlx5 SRIOV VF max rate limit support
- Introduce TSAR manipulation firmware commands
- Introduce E-switch QoS management
- Add SRIOV VF max rate configuration support
From Mark Bloch (7): mlx5e Tc support for FWD rule with counter
- Don't unlock fte while still using it
- Use fte status to decide on firmware command
- Refactor find_flow_rule
- Group similar rules under the same fte
- Add multi dest support
- Add option to add fwd rule with counter
- mlx5e tc support for FWD rule with counter
Mark here fixed two trivial issues with the flow steering core, and did
some refactoring in the flow steering API to support adding mulit destination
rules to the same hardware flow table entry at once. In the last two patches
added the ability to populate a flow rule with a flow counter to the same flow entry.
V2: Dropped some patches that added new structures without adding any usage of them.
Added SRIOV VF max rate configuration support patch that introduces
the usage of the TSAR infrastructure.
Added flow steering fixes and refactoring in addition to mlx5 tc
support for forward rule with counter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SwitchIB and SwitchIB-2 are Infiniband switches with up to 36 ports. This
driver initialize the hardware and Firmware which implements the IB
management and connection with the SM.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SwitchX-2 is IB capable device. This patch add a support to change the
port type between Ethernet and Infiniband.
When the port is set to IB, the FW implements the Subnet Management Agent
(SMA) manage the port. All port attributes can be control remotely by
the SM.
Usage:
$ devlink port show
pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth0
pci/0000:03:00.0/3: type eth netdev eth1
pci/0000:03:00.0/5: type eth netdev eth2
pci/0000:03:00.0/6: type eth netdev eth3
pci/0000:03:00.0/8: type eth netdev eth4
$ devlink port set pci/0000:03:00.0/1 type ib
$ devlink port show
pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type ib
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we are about to add Infiniband port remove and create we will add
"eth" prefix to port create and remove APIs.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add "port_type_set" API to mlxsw core. The core layer send the change type
callback to the port along with it's private information.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we are about to introduce IB port APIs, we will add prefixes to
existing APIs.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to put a port in Infiniband fabric it should be assigned
to separate swid (Switch partition) that initialized as IB swid.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, devlink register/unregister is done directly from
spectrum/switchx2 port create/remove functions. With a need to
introduce a port type change, the devlink port instances have to be
persistent across type changes, therefore across port create/remove
function calls. So do a bit of reshuffling to achieve that.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to change a port type to Infiniband port we should change his
mapping from local-port to Infiniband. Adding the PLIB (Port Local to
InfiniBand) allows this mapping.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support Infiniband fabric, we need to introduce IB speeds and
capabilities to PTYS emads.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to add Infiniband support to PTYS. In order to maintain proper
conventions, we will change pack and unpack prefix to eth.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In SwitchX-2 we configure the port speed to negotiate with 40G link only.
Add support for all other supported speeds.
Fixes: 31557f0f97 ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox SwitchX-2 ASIC support")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export to userspace the front panel name of the port, so that udev can
rename the ports accordingly. The convention suggested by switchdev
documentation is used: pX
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be symmentrical with create and do the check outside the remove function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be symmentrical with create and do the check outside the remove function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do it in a same way we do it in spectrum. Check if port is usable first
and only in that case create a port instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We recently discovered a bug in the firmware in which a field's length in
one of the registers was incorrectly set. This caused the firmware to
access garbage data that wasn't initialized by the driver and therefore
emit error messages.
While the bug is already fixed and the driver usually zeros the buffers
passed to the firmware, there are a handful of cases where this isn't
done. Zero the buffer in these cases and prevent similar bugs from
recurring, as they tend to be hard to debug.
Fixes: 52581961d8 ("mlxsw: core: Implement fan control using hwmon")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating a FWD rule using tc create also a HW counter
for this rule.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Currently the code supports only drop rules to possess counters,
add that ability also for fwd rules.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Currently when calling mlx5_add_flow_rule we accept
only one flow destination, this commit allows to pass
multiple destinations.
This change forces us to change the return structure to a more
flexible one. We introduce a flow handle (struct mlx5_flow_handle),
it holds internally the number for rules created and holds an array
where each cell points the to a flow rule.
From the consumers (of mlx5_add_flow_rule) point of view this
change is only cosmetic and requires only to change the type
of the returned value they store.
From the core point of view, we now need to use a loop when
allocating and deleting rules (e.g given to us a flow handler).
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
When adding a new rule, if we can match it with compare_match_value and
flow tag we might be able to insert the rule to the same fte.
In order to do that, there must be an overlap between the actions of the
fte and the new rule.
When updating the action of an existing fte, we must tell the firmware
we are doing so.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
The way we compare between two dests will need to be used in other
places in the future, so we factor out the comparison logic
between two dests into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
An fte status becomes FS_FTE_STATUS_EXISTING only after it was
created in HW. We can use this in order to simplify the logic on
what firmware command to use. If the status isn't FS_FTE_STATUS_EXISTING
we need to create the fte, otherwise we need only to update it.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
When adding a new rule to an fte, we need to hold the fte lock
until we add that rule to the fte and increase the fte ref count.
Fixes: 0c56b97503 ("net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering API")
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Add TSAR to the eswitch which will act as the vports rate limiter.
Create/Destroy TSAR on Enable/Dsiable SRIOV.
Attach/Detach vport to eswitch TSAR on Enable/Disable vport.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
TSAR (stands for Transmit Scheduling ARbiter) is a hardware component
that is responsible for selecting the next entity to serve on the
transmit path.
The arbitration defines the QoS policy between the agents connected to
the TSAR.
The TSAR is a consist two main features:
1) BW Allocation between agents:
The TSAR implements a defecit weighted round robin between the agents.
Each agent attached to the TSAR is assigned with a weight and it is
awarded transmission tokens according to this weight.
2) Rate limer per agent:
Each agent attached to the TSAR is (optionally) assigned with a rate
limit.
TSAR will not allow scheduling for an agent exceeding its defined rate
limit.
In this patch we implement the API of manipulating the TSAR.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
For the mlx5 driver to support ConnectX-5 PCIe 4.0 VFs, we add the
device ID "0x101a" to mlx5_core_pci_table.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
According to PRM async_event_mask have to be 64 bits long.
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Lots of fixes, mostly drivers as is usually the case.
1) Don't treat zero DMA address as invalid in vmxnet3, from Alexey
Khoroshilov.
2) Fix element timeouts in netfilter's nft_dynset, from Anders K.
Pedersen.
3) Don't put aead_req crypto struct on the stack in mac80211, from
Ard Biesheuvel.
4) Several uninitialized variable warning fixes from Arnd Bergmann.
5) Fix memory leak in cxgb4, from Colin Ian King.
6) Fix bpf handling of VLAN header push/pop, from Daniel Borkmann.
7) Several VRF semantic fixes from David Ahern.
8) Set skb->protocol properly in ip6_tnl_xmit(), from Eli Cooper.
9) Socket needs to be locked in udp_disconnect(), from Eric Dumazet.
10) Div-by-zero on 32-bit fix in mlx4 driver, from Eugenia Emantayev.
11) Fix stale link state during failover in NCSCI driver, from Gavin
Shan.
12) Fix netdev lower adjacency list traversal, from Ido Schimmel.
13) Propvide proper handle when emitting notifications of filter
deletes, from Jamal Hadi Salim.
14) Memory leaks and big-endian issues in rtl8xxxu, from Jes Sorensen.
15) Fix DESYNC_FACTOR handling in ipv6, from Jiri Bohac.
16) Several routing offload fixes in mlxsw driver, from Jiri Pirko.
17) Fix broadcast sync problem in TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
18) Validate chunk len before using it in SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
19) Revert a netns locking change that causes regressions, from Paul
Moore.
20) Add recursion limit to GRO handling, from Sabrina Dubroca.
21) GFP_KERNEL in irq context fix in ibmvnic, from Thomas Falcon.
22) Avoid accessing stale vxlan/geneve socket in data path, from
Pravin Shelar"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (189 commits)
geneve: avoid using stale geneve socket.
vxlan: avoid using stale vxlan socket.
qede: Fix out-of-bound fastpath memory access
net: phy: dp83848: add dp83822 PHY support
enic: fix rq disable
tipc: fix broadcast link synchronization problem
ibmvnic: Fix missing brackets in init_sub_crq_irqs
ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context
Revert "ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context"
arch/powerpc: Update parameters for csum_tcpudp_magic & csum_tcpudp_nofold
net/mlx4_en: Save slave ethtool stats command
net/mlx4_en: Fix potential deadlock in port statistics flow
net/mlx4: Fix firmware command timeout during interrupt test
net/mlx4_core: Do not access comm channel if it has not yet been initialized
net/mlx4_en: Fix panic during reboot
net/mlx4_en: Process all completions in RX rings after port goes up
net/mlx4_en: Resolve dividing by zero in 32-bit system
net/mlx4_core: Change the default value of enable_qos
net/mlx4_core: Avoid setting ports to auto when only one port type is supported
net/mlx4_core: Fix the resource-type enum in res tracker to conform to FW spec
...
Driver allocates a shadow array for transmitted SKBs with X entries;
That means valid indices are {0,...,X - 1}. [X == 8191]
Problem is the driver also uses X as a mask for a
producer/consumer in order to choose the right entry in the
array which allows access to entry X which is out of bounds.
To fix this, simply allocate X + 1 entries in the shadow array.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When MTU is changed from 9000 to 1500 while there is burst of inbound 9000
bytes packets, adaptor sometimes delivers 9000 bytes packets to 1500 bytes
buffers. This causes memory corruption and sometimes crash.
This is because of a race condition in adaptor between "RQ disable"
clearing descriptor mini-cache and mini-cache valid bit being set by
completion of descriptor fetch. This can result in stale RQ desc being
cached and used when packets arrive. In this case, the stale descriptor
have old MTU value.
Solution is to write RQ->disable twice. The first write will stop any
further desc fetches, allowing the second disable to clear the mini-cache
valid bit without danger of a race.
Also, the check for rq->running becoming 0 after writing rq->enable to 0
is not done properly. When incoming packets are flooding the interface,
rq->running will pulse high for each dropped packet. Since the driver was
waiting for 10us between each poll, it is possible to see rq->running = 1
1000 times in a row, even though it is not actually stuck running.
This results in false failure of vnic_rq_disable(). Fix is to try more
than 1000 time without delay between polls to ensure we do not miss when
running goes low.
In old adaptors rq->enable needs to be re-written to 0 when posted_index
is reset in vnic_rq_clean() in order to keep rq->prefetch_index in sync.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Schedule these XPORT event tasks in the shared workqueue
so that IRQs are not freed in an interrupt context when
sub-CRQs are released.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do this so the sysfs has "device" link correctly set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-27
This series contains fixes to ixgbe and i40e.
Emil fixes a NULL pointer dereference when a macvlan interface is brought
up while the PF is still down.
David root caused the original panic that was fixed by commit id
(a036244c06 "i40e: Fix kernel panic on enable/disable LLDP") and the
fix was not quite correct, so removed the get_default_tc() and replaced
it with a #define since there is only one TC supported as a default.
Guilherme Piccoli fixes an issue where if we modprobe the driver module
without enough MSI-X interrupts, then unload the module and reload it
again, the kernel would crash. So if we fail to allocate enough MSI-X
interrupts, we should disable them since they were previously enabled.
Huaibin Wang found that the order of the arguments for
ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink() were in the correct order, so fix the order.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following the previous patch, as an optimization, the slave will
not even bother sending the DUMP_ETH_STATS command over the
comm channel.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_DUMP_ETH_STATS took the *counter mutex* and then
called the FW command, with WRAPPED attribute. As a result, the fw command
is wrapped on the Hypervisor when it calls mlx4_en_DUMP_ETH_STATS.
The FW command wrapper flow on the hypervisor takes the *slave_cmd_mutex*
during processing.
At the same time, a VF could be in the process of coming up, and could
call mlx4_QUERY_FUNC_CAP. On the hypervisor, the command flow takes the
*slave_cmd_mutex*, then executes mlx4_QUERY_FUNC_CAP_wrapper.
mlx4_QUERY_FUNC_CAP wrapper calls mlx4_get_default_counter_index(),
which takes the *counter mutex*. DEADLOCK.
The fix is that the DUMP_ETH_STATS fw command should be called with
the NATIVE attribute, so that on the hypervisor, this command does not
enter the wrapper flow.
Since the Hypervisor no longer goes through the wrapper code, we also
simply return 0 in mlx4_DUMP_ETH_STATS_wrapper (i.e.the function succeeds,
but the returned data will be all zeroes).
No need to test if it is the Hypervisor going through the wrapper.
Fixes: f9baff509f ("mlx4_core: Add "native" argument to mlx4_cmd ...")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently interrupt test that is part of ethtool selftest runs the
check over all interrupt vectors of the device.
In mlx4_en package part of interrupt vectors are uninitialized since
mlx4_ib doesn't exist. This causes NOP FW command to time out.
Change logic to test current port interrupt vectors only.
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the Hypervisor, there are several FW commands which are invoked
before the comm channel is initialized (in mlx4_multi_func_init).
These include MOD_STAT_CONFIG, QUERY_DEV_CAP, INIT_HCA, and others.
If any of these commands fails, say with a timeout, the Hypervisor
driver enters the internal error reset flow. In this flow, the driver
attempts to notify all slaves via the comm channel that an internal error
has occurred.
Since the comm channel has not yet been initialized (i.e., mapped via
ioremap), this will cause dereferencing a NULL pointer.
To fix this, do not access the comm channel in the internal error flow
if it has not yet been initialized.
Fixes: 55ad359225 ("net/mlx4_core: Enable device recovery flow with SRIOV")
Fixes: ab9c17a009 ("mlx4_core: Modify driver initialization flow to accommodate SRIOV for Ethernet")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a kernel panic that occurs as a result of an asynchronous event
handled in roce_gid_mgmt:
mlx4_en_get_drvinfo is called and accesses freed resources.
This happens in a shutdown flow only, since pci device is destroyed
while netdevice is still alive.
Fixes: c27a02cd94 ("mlx4_en: Add driver for Mellanox ConnectX 10GbE NIC")
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is a race between incoming traffic and
initialization flow. HW is able to receive the packets
after INIT_PORT is done and unicast steering is configured.
Before we set priv->port_up NAPI is not scheduled and
receive queues become full. Therefore we never get
new interrupts about the completions.
This issue could happen if running heavy traffic during
bringing port up.
The resolution is to schedule NAPI once port_up is set.
If receive queues were full this will process all cqes
and release them.
Fixes: c27a02cd94 ("mlx4_en: Add driver for Mellanox ConnectX 10GbE NIC")
Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing roundup_pow_of_two for large enough number with
bit 31, an overflow will occur and a value equal to 1 will
be returned. In this case 1 will be subtracted from the return
value and division by zero will be reached.
Fixes: 31c128b66e ("net/mlx4_en: Choose time-stamping shift value according to HW frequency")
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the default status of quality of service back to disabled,
as it hurts performance in some cases.
Fixes: 38438f7c7e ("net/mlx4: Set enhanced QoS support by default when ...")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Lazer <moshel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When only one port type is supported, it should be read only.
We reject changing requests, even to the auto sense mode.
Fixes: 27bf91d6a0 ("mlx4_core: Add link type autosensing")
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The resource type enum in the resource tracker was incorrect.
RES_EQ was put in the position of RES_NPORT_ID (a FC resource).
Since the remaining resources maintain their current values,
and RES_EQ is not passed from slaves to the hypervisor in any
FW command, this change affects only the hypervisor.
Therefore, there is no backwards-compatibility issue.
Fixes: 623ed84b1f ("mlx4_core: initial header-file changes for SRIOV support")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Schedule these XPORT event tasks in the shared workqueue
so that IRQs are not freed in an interrupt context when
sub-CRQs are released.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC is capable of RGMII mode and that is probably a more typical
connection type than GMII today (eg it is used by Marvell Reference
designs for several SOCs). Let DT users specify the standard
phy-connection-type = "rgmii-id";
On a phy node.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to release resources properly in error handling path of
alloc_uld_rxqs(), This patch also removes unwanted arguments
and avoids calling the same function twice.
Fixes: 94cdb8bb99 (cxgb4: Add support for dynamic allocation
of resources for ULD
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an old warning about mlx4_SW2HW_EQ_wrapper on x86:
ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c: In function ‘mlx4_SW2HW_EQ_wrapper’:
ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c:3071:10: error: ‘eq’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
The problem here is that gcc won't track the state of the variable
across a spin_unlock. Moving the assignment out of the lock is
safe here and avoids the warning.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the firmware can't work with a page with dma address 0.
Passing such an address to the firmware will cause the give_pages
command to fail.
To avoid this, in case we get a 0 dma address of a page from the
dma engine, we avoid passing it to FW by remapping to get an address
other than 0.
Fixes: bf0bf77f65 ('mlx5: Support communicating arbitrary host...')
Signed-off-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case that the kernel PCI error handlers are not called, we will
trigger our own recovery flow.
The health work will give priority to the kernel pci error handlers to
recover the PCI by waiting for a small period, if the pci error handlers
are not triggered the manual recovery flow will be executed.
We don't save pci state in case of manual recovery because it will ruin the
pci configuration space and we will lose dma sync.
Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is a race between the health care work and the kernel
pci error handlers because both of them detect the error, the first one
to be called will do the error handling.
There is a chance that health care will disable the pci after resuming
pci slot.
Also create a separate WQ because now we will have two types of health
works, one for the error detection and one for the recovery.
Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The health sick status should be cleared when we start the health poll.
This is crucial for driver reload (unload + load) in order to behave
right in case of health issue.
Fixes: fd76ee4da5 ('net/mlx5_core: Fix internal error detection conditions')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Ingress/Egress ACL enable function may fail and it should return
status to its caller to avoid NULL pointer dereference.
Fixes: f942380c12 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Vport ingress/egress ACLs rules for spoofchk')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Detaching the netdev before unregistering it cause some netdev cleanup
ndos to fail because they check presence of the netdev, so we need to
unregister the netdev first.
Fixes: 26e59d8077 ('net/mlx5e: Implement mlx5e interface attach/detach callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of predicting the index of the wanted LRO timeout value from
hardware capabilities, look for the nearest LRO timeout value.
Fixes: 5c50368f38 ('net/mlx5e: Light-weight netdev open/stop')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, last use timestamp is initialized to zero.
This is not the expected value by higher layers such as
when we do TC action offloading. To fix that, set it to
the current time, e.g when the counter/rule is offloaded.
This is the same behaviour of non-offloaded TC actions.
Fixes: 43a335e055 ('mlx5_core: Flow counters infrastructure')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Autogroups groups num is increased when creating a new flow group,
but is never decreased.
Now decreasing it when deleting a flow group.
Fixes: f0d22d1874 ('net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering autogrouped flow table')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Finding a new autogroup range is done by going over a group list
sorted by each group start index. The search is stopped after finding
the first free range. Adding the newly created group to the list is
wrongly added to the end of the list regardless of its start index as
the parameter of where to insert it is ignored.
This commit makes sure to use that unused parameter to insert
it where requested.
Fixes: f0d22d1874 ('net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering autogrouped flow table')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always query the HCA caps after setting them to update the capablities
data structures. Not doing so results in incorrect capabilities being
reported including max_dc, max_qp and several others.
Fixes: 59211bd3b6 ("net/mlx5: Split the load/unload flow into hardware
and software flows")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ARM 64B cache line systems have L1_CACHE_BYTES set to 128.
cache_line_size() will return the correct size.
Fixes: cf50b5efa2fe('net/mlx5_core/ib: New device capabilities
handling.')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So the i40e driver had a really convoluted configuration for how to handle
the debug flags contained in msg_level. Part of the issue is that the
driver has its own 32 bit mask that it was using to track a separate set of
debug features. From what I can tell it was trying to use the upper 4 bits
to determine if the value was meant to represent a bit-mask or the numeric
value provided by debug level.
What this patch does is clean this up by compressing those 4 bits into bit
31, as a result we just have to perform a check against the value being
negative to determine if we are looking at a debug level (positive), or a
debug mask (negative). The debug level will populate the msg_level, and
the debug mask will populate the debug_mask in the hardware struct.
I added similar logic for ethtool. If the value being provided has bit 31
set we assume the value being provided is a debug mask, otherwise we assume
it is a msg_enable mask. For displaying we only provide the msg_enable,
and if debug_mask is in use we will print it to the dmesg log.
Lastly I removed the debugfs interface. It is redundant with what we
already have in ethtool and really doesn't belong anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Patch a036244c06 "i40e: Fix kernel panic on enable/disable LLDP"
introduced an error in bit logic.
Originally this bit manipulation was meant to clear two bits to indicate
that DCB was not enabled or capable. An "&" was incorrectly used instead
of an "|" bit operator to combine the two bitmasks into one. This also
created a static checker error since the resultant code was a no-op.
This patch fixes the error by using the correct bit-wise operator.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is code refactoring. This patch removes the workaround which deleted
a default MAC filter added by the firmware when the interface was brought
up. This filter caused frames to pass disregarding the VLAN tagging.
It used to be automatically applied after reset in pre-SRA FW versions.
This workaround is not needed in production NICs and hence can be removed.
Change-ID: I129fe1aae1f17b5a224c9b29a996d916aa1be1ec
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where it could take a very
long time (>100 msec) to print the link down notification.
This problem is fixed by changing how often we update link
info from fw, when link is down. Without this patch, it can
take over 100msec to notify user link is down.
Change-ID: Ib876eb30834c7080792becd13ee093b9cbb35d78
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up several pieces of redundant code in the Rx clean-up
paths.
The first bit is that hdr_addr and the status_err_len portions of the Rx
descriptor represent the same value. As such there is no point in setting
them to 0 before setting them to 0. I'm dropping the second spot where we
are updating the value to 0 so that we only have 1 write for this value
instead of 2.
The second piece is the checking for the DD bit in the packet. We only
need to check for a non-zero value for the status_err_len because if the
device is done with the descriptor it will have written something back and
the DD is just one piece of it. In addition I have moved the reading of
the Rx descriptor bits related to rx_ptype down so that they are actually
below the dma_rmb() call so that we are guaranteed that we don't have any
funky 64b on 32b calls causing any ordering issues.
Change-ID: I256e44a025d3c64a7224aaaec37c852bfcb1871b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethtool -L option with the combined parameter is for changing the number of
multi-purpose channels of the specified network device. The pre-set maximum
for the combined channels is cpu dependent. Currently, for an i40e device,
when the user sets a value between 64 and the maximum that the cpu can
support for the combined parameter, the i40e driver displays the confusing
info in dmesg to only show 64 as the RSS count regardless of what the
accepted user input is as long as it is larger than 64.
This patch fixes the message in the i40e driver when the user uses
ethtool -L to change the number of the combined channels to consistently
display the user requested value if it is valid and accepted by ethtool.
Change-ID: Ia80a68bc844b779a49e0f76e7d3dcc915032d9af
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move some data to text
$ size drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
25012 0 32 25044 61d4 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.new
22868 2120 32 25020 61bc drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which a 'perfect storm' can occur and cause
interrupts to fail to be correctly affinitized. This causes unexpected
behavior and has a substantial impact on performance when it happens.
The bug occurs if there is heavy traffic, any number of CPUs that have
an i40e interrupt are pegged at 100%, and the interrupt afffinity for
those CPUs is changed. Instead of moving to the new CPU, the interrupt
continues to be polled while there is heavy traffic.
The bug is most readily realized as the driver is first brought up and
all interrupts start on CPU0. If there is heavy traffic and the
interrupt starts polling before the interrupt is affinitized, the
interrupt will be stuck on CPU0 until traffic stops. The bug, however,
can also be wrought out more simply by affinitizing all the interrupts
to a single CPU and then attempting to move any of those interrupts off
while there is heavy traffic.
This patch fixes the bug by registering for update notifications from
the kernel when the interrupt affinity changes. When that fires, we
cache the intended affinity mask. Then, while polling, if the cpu is
pegged at 100% and we failed to clean the rings, we check to make sure
we have the correct affinity and stop polling if we're firing on the
wrong CPU. When the kernel successfully moves the interrupt, it will
start polling on the correct CPU. The performance impact is minimal
since the only time this section gets executed is when performance is
already compromised by the CPU.
Change-ID: I4410a880159b9dba1f8297aa72bef36dca34e830
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Group together the minimum set of offload capabilities that are always
supported by VF in base mode. This define would be used by PF to make
sure VF in base mode gets minimum of base capabilities .
Change-ID: Id5e8f22ba169c8f0a38d22fc36b2cb531c02582c
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow the client interface to reopen existing clients if they were
closed. This allows clients to recover from reset, which is essential
for supporting VF RDMA. In one instance, the driver was not clearing the
open bit when the client was closed. Add the code to clear this bit so
that the state is accurate and the driver will not attempt to reopen
already-open clients. Remove the ref_cnt variable; it was just getting
in the way and was not being used consistently.
Change-ID: Ic71af4553b096963ac0c56a997f887c9a4ed162d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We cannot currently support SCTP in the hardware, and IPV4_FLOW is not used
anywhere by the software so we can go through and drop the functionality
related to these two flow types.
In addition we cannot support masking based on the protocol value so if the
user is expecting a value other than TCP or UDP we should simply return an
error rather then trying to allocate a filter for a rule that will only
partially match what the user requested.
Change-ID: I10d52bb97d8104d76255fe244551814ff9531a63
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function is not used so there is no need to carry it forward. I have
plans to add a slightly different function that can be inlined to handle
the same kind of functionality.
Change-ID: Ie2dfcb189dc75e5fbc156bac23003e3b4210ae0f
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Incorrect bit mask was used for testing "get link status" response.
Instead of I40E_AQ_LSE_ENABLE (which is actually 0x03) it most probably
should be I40E_AQ_LSE_IS_ENABLED (which is defined as 0x01).
Change-ID: Ia199142906720507f847de3a33a25c61a9781b2f
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can reorder the busy wait loop at the start of the Flow Director
transmit function to reduce the overall code size while still retaining the
same functionality. As such I am taking advantage of the opportunity to do
so.
Change-ID: I34c403ca001953c6ac9816e65d5305e73d869026
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem in the client interface that
was causing random stack traces in RDMA driver load and
unload tests. This patch fixes the problem by checking
for an existing client before trying to open it. Without
this patch, there is a timing related null pointer deref.
Change-ID: Ib73d30671a27f6f9770dd53b3e5292b88d6b62da
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Do this so the sysfs has "device" link correctly set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do this so the sysfs has "device" link correctly set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, mlxsw_pci.ko is the module that registers PCI table for all
drivers (spectrum and switchx2). That is problematic for example with
dracut. Since mlxsw_spectrum.ko and mlxsw_switchx2.ko are loaded
dynamically from within mlxsw_core.ko, dracut does not have track of
them and avoids them from being included in initramfs.
So make this in an ordinary way and define the PCI tables in individual
driver modules, so it can be properly loaded and included in dracut
initramfs image. As a side effect, this patch could remove no longer
necessary driver "kind" strings which were used to link PCI ids with
individual mlxsw drivers.
Suggested-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pci.h needs to be used for inner function declarations. So move the
original one to more appropriate name, pci_hw.h.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only trees which are in use should be compared to requested prefix usage.
Fixes: 53342023ee ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement LPM trees management")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the prefix bitlist is not saved for LPM trees, causing the
compare to always fail which causes the tree to be destroyed and created
for every inserted and removed FIB entry. So fix this by saving
the bitlist as it should have been done from the very beginning.
Fixes: 53342023ee ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement LPM trees management")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Order of arguments is wrong.
The wrong code has been introduced by commit 7d4f8d871a, but is compiled
only since commit 9df70b6641.
Note that this may break netlink dumps.
Fixes: 9df70b6641 ("i40e: Remove incorrect #ifdef's")
Fixes: 7d4f8d871a ("switchdev; add VLAN support for port's bridge_getlink")
CC: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we fail on allocating enough MSI-X interrupts, we should disable
them since they were previously enabled in this point of code.
Not disabling them can lead to WARN_ON() being triggered and subsequent
failure in enabling MSI as a fallback; the below message was shown without
this patch while we played with interrupt allocation in i40e driver:
[ 21.461346] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename '/devices/pci0007:00/0007:00:00.0/0007:01:00.3/msi_irqs'
[ 21.461459] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 21.461514] WARNING: CPU: 64 PID: 1155 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 sysfs_warn_dup+0x88/0xc0
Also, we noticed that without this patch, if we modprobe the module without
enough MSI-X interrupts (triggering the above warning), unload the module
and re-load it again, we got a crash on the system.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
in commit a036244c06 a fix
was put into place to avoid a kernel panic when a non-
supported traffic class configuration was put into place
and then lldp was enabled/disabled on the link partner
switch. This fix caused it to be necessary to
unload/reload the driver to reenable DCB once a supported
TC config was in place.
The root cause of the original panic was that the function
i40e_pf_get_default_tc was allowing for a default TC other
than TC 0, and only TC 0 is supported as a default.
This patch removes the get_default_tc function and replaces
it with a #define since there is only one TC supported as
a default.
Change-Id: I448371974e946386d0a7718d73668b450b7c72ef
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix NULL pointer dereference in the case where a macvlan interface is
brought up while the PF is still down:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000010
IP: [<ffffffffa0170fb2>] ixgbe_alloc_rx_buffers+0x42/0x1a0 [ixgbe]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa017336b>] ixgbe_configure_rx_ring+0x2eb/0x3d0 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0173811>] ixgbe_fwd_ring_up+0xd1/0x380 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0179709>] ixgbe_fwd_add+0x149/0x230 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0113480>] macvlan_open+0x260/0x2b0 [macvlan]
Reported-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@coreos.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_err message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: d894be57ca92('ethernet: use net core MTU range checking in more drivers')
CC: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
CC: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This node pointer is returned by of_get_child_by_name() with refcount
incremented in this function. of_node_put() on it before exitting this
function.
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer() instead of init_timer(), being the preferred/standard
way to set a timer up.
Also, quoting the mod_timer() function comment:
-> mod_timer() is a more efficient way to update the expire field of an
active timer (if the timer is inactive it will be activated).
Use setup_timer and mod_timer to setup and arm a timer, to make the code
cleaner and easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -ENODEV from the DMA is not supported error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not allowed to call kfree_skb() from hardware interrupt
context or with interrupts being disabled, spin_lock_irqsave()
make sure always in irq disable context. So the kfree_skb()
should be replaced with dev_kfree_skb_irq().
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -EINVAL from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not necessary to free memory allocated with devm_kzalloc in the
remove path and using kfree leads to a double free.
Fixes: 84640e27f2 ("net: netcp: Add Keystone NetCP core ethernet
driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -EINVAL from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: e420114eef ("rocker: introduce worlds infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3ac72b7b63 ("net: fec: align IP header in hardware") breaks
networking on mx28.
There is an erratum on mx28 (ENGR121613 - ENET big endian mode
not compatible with ARM little endian) that requires an additional
byte-swap operation to workaround this problem.
So call swap_buffer() prior to performing the IP header alignment
to restore network functionality on mx28.
Fixes: 3ac72b7b63 ("net: fec: align IP header in hardware")
Reported-and-tested-by: Henri Roosen <henri.roosen@ginzinger.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Time Sync (PTP) implementation uses the divisor/shift value for converting
the clock ticks to nanoseconds. Driver currently defines shift value as 1,
this results in the nanoseconds value to be calculated as half the actual
value. Hence the user application fails to synchronize the device clock
value with the PTP master device clock. Need to use the 'shift' value of 0.
Signed-off-by: Sony.Chacko <Sony.Chacko@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the number of resources is going to get much bigger, ease up the
addition by simly defining IDs. Convert the existing structure members
to a set array, one for validity, one for values. Introduce a set of
getters and setters for easy access.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Push cmd resource query related defines to cmd.h where they belong.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the MLXSW_REG_DEFINE macro to store register name in string form.
Use this string later on instead of hard coded string values.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save some code and also prepare to easily carry name in string form.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enforce const for getter buf args.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These should be const, so enforce it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses incorrect APIs to unmap DMA memory which were
mapped using dma_map_single(). This patch fixes it to use
appropriate APIs for un-mapping DMA memory.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qed_dcbx_query_params() implementation populate the values to input
buffer based on the dcbx mode and, the current negotiated state/params,
the caller of this API need to memset the buffer to zero.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx indirection table entries are in the range [0, (rss_count - 1)]. If
user reduces the rss count, the table entries may not be in the ccorrect
range. Need to reconfigure the table with new rss_count as a basis.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the current default values for Rx path i.e., 8 queues of 8Kb entries
each with 4Kb size, interface will consume 256Mb for Rx. The default values
causing the driver probe to fail when the system memory is low. Based on
the perforamnce results, rx-ring count value of 1Kb gives the comparable
performance with Rx coalesce timeout of 12 seconds. Updating the default
values.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the execution of loopback test, driver may receive the packets which
are not originated by this test, loopback implementation need to skip those
packets.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RSS configuration is not supported for 100G adapters.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent changes in kernel ethtool implementation requires the driver
callback for get_channels() has to populate the values for max tx/rx
coalesce fields.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somehow, I missed a healthy number of ethernet drivers in the last pass.
Most of these drivers either were in need of an updated max_mtu to make
jumbo frames possible to enable again. In a few cases, also setting a
different min_mtu to match previous lower bounds. There are also a few
drivers that had no upper bounds checking, so they're getting a brand new
ETH_MAX_MTU that is identical to IP_MAX_MTU, but accessible by includes
all ethernet and ethernet-like drivers all have already.
acenic:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 9000
amazon/ena:
- min_mtu = 128, max_mtu = adapter->max_mtu
amd/xgbe:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 9000
sb1250:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 1518
cxgb3:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 65535
cxgb4:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 9600
cxgb4vf:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 65535
benet:
- min_mtu = 256, max_mtu = 9000
ibmveth:
- min_mtu = 68, max_mtu = 65535
ibmvnic:
- min_mtu = adapter->min_mtu, max_mtu = adapter->max_mtu
- remove now redundant ibmvnic_change_mtu
jme:
- min_mtu = 1280, max_mtu = 9202
mv643xx_eth:
- min_mtu = 64, max_mtu = 9500
mlxsw:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
- Basically bypassing the core checks, and instead relying on dynamic
checks in the respective switch drivers' ndo_change_mtu functions
ns83820:
- min_mtu = 0
- remove redundant ns83820_change_mtu, only checked for mtu > 1500
netxen:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 8000 (P2), max_mtu = 9600 (P3)
qlge:
- min_mtu = 1500, max_mtu = 9000
- driver only supports setting mtu to 1500 or 9000, so the core check only
rules out < 1500 and > 9000, qlge_change_mtu still needs to check that
the value is 1500 or 9000
qualcomm/emac:
- min_mtu = 46, max_mtu = 9194
xilinx_axienet:
- min_mtu = 64, max_mtu = 9000
Fixes: 61e84623ac ("net: centralize net_device min/max MTU checking")
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Jes Sorensen <jes@trained-monkey.org>
CC: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@annapurnalabs.com>
CC: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
CC: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com>
CC: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
CC: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
CC: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
CC: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
CC: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
CC: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
CC: Sebastian Hesselbarth <sebastian.hesselbarth@gmail.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
CC: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
CC: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
CC: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
CC: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
CC: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
CC: Anirudha Sarangi <anirudh@xilinx.com>
CC: John Linn <John.Linn@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace dev_kfree_skb with dev_kfree_skb_any in mtk_start_xmit()
which can be called from hard irq context (netpoll) and from
other contexts. mtk_start_xmit() only frees skbs that it has
dropped.
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace dev_kfree_skb with dev_kfree_skb_any in dwceqos_start_xmit()
which can be called from hard irq context (netpoll) and from
other contexts. dwceqos_start_xmit() only frees skbs that it has
dropped.
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clk_prepare, clk_enable and their counterparts (at least the common clk
ones, but also most others) do check for the clk being NULL anyhow (and
return 0 then), so there is no gain when the caller checks, too.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It makes sense to display the descriptors even if
DES0 is zero. This helps for example in case of it
is needed to dump rx write-back descriptors to get
timestamp status.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch isolating the u16 writes for pxa assumed all machine_is_*()
calls were removed, and therefore removed the mach-types.h include which
provided them.
Unfortunately 2 machine_is_*() remained in smc91x.c file including
smc91x.h from which the include was removed, triggering the error:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c: In function ‘smc_drv_probe’:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2380:2: error: implicit declaration
of function ‘machine_is_assabet’
[-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (machine_is_assabet() && machine_has_neponset())
This adds back the wrongly removed include.
Fixes: d09d747ae4 ("net: smc91x: isolate u16 writes alignment workaround")
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SwitchX2 firmware does not implement reset done yet. Moreover, when
busy-polled for ready magic, that slows down firmware and reset takes
longer than the defined timeout, causing initialization to fail.
So restore the previous behaviour and just sleep in this case.
Fixes: 233fa44bd6 ("mlxsw: pci: Implement reset done check")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating an ethernet port fails, we must move the port to disable,
otherwise putting the port in switch partition 0 (ETH) or 1 (IB) will
always fails.
Fixes: 31557f0f97 ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox SwitchX-2 ASIC support")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function return value is not checked anywhere. Also, the warning
causes huge slowdown when removing large number of FIB entries which
were not offloaded, because of ordering issue. Ido's preparing
a patchset to fix the ordering issue, but that is definitelly not
net tree material.
Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By a mistake, there is tree index 0 passed to RALTB. Should be
MLXSW_SP_LPM_TREE_MIN.
Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Reported-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some applications want to tune the size of the macb rx/tx ring buffers.
The ethtool set_ringparam function is the standard way of doing it.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macb driver hardcoded the tx/rx ring sizes. This made it
impossible to change the sizes at run time.
Add tx_ring_size, and rx_ring_size variables to macb object, which
are initilized with default vales during macb_init. Change all
references to RX_RING_SIZE and TX_RING_SIZE to their respective
replacements.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace dev_kfree_skb with dev_kfree_skb_any in arc_emac_tx()
which can be called from hard irq context (netpoll) and from
other contexts. arc_emac_tx() only frees skbs that it has
dropped.
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit commit 7086605a6a ("stmmac: fix error check when init ptp")
breaks the procedure added by the
commit efee95f42b ("ptp_clock: future-proofing drivers against PTP
subsystem becoming optional")
So this patch tries to re-import the logic added by the latest
commit above: it makes sense to have the stmmac_ptp_register
as void function and, inside the main, the stmmac_init_ptp can fails
in case of the capability cannot be supported by the HW.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Cc: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in struct
fs_enet_private, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the now
unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using list_move_tail() instead of list_del() + list_add_tail().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The memory return by kzalloc() has already be set to zero, so
remove useless memset(0).
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some rare configurations, we get a warning about the 'index' variable
being used without an initialization:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker_ofdpa.c: In function ‘ofdpa_port_fib_ipv4.isra.16.constprop’:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker_ofdpa.c:2425:92: warning: ‘index’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
This is a false positive, the logic is just a bit too complex for gcc
to follow here. Moving the intialization of 'index' a little further
down makes it clear to gcc that the function always returns an error
if it is not initialized.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc found a reference to an uninitialized variable in the error handling
of bcm_enet_open, introduced by a recent cleanup:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcm63xx_enet.c: In function 'bcm_enet_open'
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcm63xx_enet.c:1129:2: warning: 'phydev' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
This makes the use of that variable conditional, so we only reference it
here after it has been used before. Unlike my normal patches, I have not
build-tested this one, as I don't currently have mips test in my
randconfig setup.
Fixes: 625eb8667d ("net: ethernet: broadcom: bcm63xx: use phydev from struct net_device")
Cc: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible for the MTU to be changed during the initialization
process with the VNIC Server. Ensure that the net device is updated
to reflect the new MTU.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increment driver version to reflect features that have
been added since release.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For device-tree builds, platforms such as mainstone, idp and stargate2
must have their u16 writes all aligned on 32 bit boundaries. This is
already enabled in platform data builds, and this patch adds it to
device-tree builds.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Writes to u16 has a special handling on 3 PXA platforms, where the
hardware wiring forces these writes to be u32 aligned.
This patch isolates this handling for PXA platforms as before, but
enables this "workaround" to be set up dynamically, which will be the
case in device-tree build types.
This patch was tested on 2 PXA platforms : mainstone, which relies on
the workaround, and lubbock, which doesn't.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 61e84623ac ("net: centralize net_device min/max MTU checking")
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding led support for phy causes namespace conflicts for some
phy drivers.
The marvel skge driver declared an enum for representing the states of
Link LED Register. The enum contained constant LED_OFF which conflicted
with declartation found in linux/leds.h.
LED_OFF changed to LED_REG_OFF
Also changed LED_ON to LED_REG_ON to avoid possible future conflict and
for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert rocker to the new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.
v2
- removed typecast of data
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert mlxsw users to new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert ixgbe users to new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gelic_net: min_mtu 64, max_mtu 1518
- remove gelic_net_change_mtu now that it is redundant
spidernet: min_Mtu 64, max_mtu 2294
- remove spiter_net_change_mtu now that it is redundant
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Geoff Levand <geoff@infradead.org>
CC: Ishizaki Kou <kou.ishizaki@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tilegx: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500 or 9000, depending on modparam
- remove tile_net_change_mtu now that it is fully redundant
tilepro: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500
- hardware supports jumbo packets up to 10226, but it's not implemented or
tested yet, according to code comments
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ehea: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9022
- remove ehea_change_mtu, it's now redundant
emac: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 1500 or whatever gets read from OF
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Douglas Miller <dougmill@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
s2io: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9600
vxge: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9600
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cassini: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000
niu: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
sungem: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500 (comments say jumbo mode is broken)
sunvnet: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 65535
- removed sunvnet_change_mut_common as it does nothing now
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
8139cp: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 4096
8139too: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1770
r8169: min_mtu 60, max_mtu depends on chipset, 1500 to 9k-ish
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qede: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9600
- Put define for max in qede.h
qlcnic: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9600
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC Dept-GELinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
CC: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvneta: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9676
- mtu validation routine mostly did range check, merge back into
mvneta_change_mtu for simplicity
mvpp2: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9676
- mtu validation routine mostly did range check, merge back into
mvpp2_change_mtu for simplicity
pxa168_eth: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9500
skge: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000
sky2: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500 or 9000, depending on hw
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
e100: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500
- remove e100_change_mtu entirely, is identical to old eth_change_mtu,
and no longer serves a purpose. No need to set min_mtu or max_mtu
explicitly, as ether_setup() will already set them to 68 and 1500.
e1000: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 16110
e1000e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu varies based on adapter
fm10k: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 15342
- remove fm10k_change_mtu entirely, does nothing now
i40e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706
i40evf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706
igb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- There are two different "max" frame sizes claimed and both checked in
the driver, the larger value wasn't relevant though, so I've set max_mtu
to the smaller of the two values here to retain identical behavior.
igbvf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- Same issue as igb duplicated
ixgb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 16114
- Also remove pointless old == new check, as that's done in dev_set_mtu
ixgbe: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9710
ixgbevf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu dependent on hardware/firmware
- Some hw can only handle up to max_mtu 1504 on a vf, others 9710
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tg3: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000/1500
bnxt: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000
bnx2x: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9600
- Fix up ETH_OVREHEAD -> ETH_OVERHEAD while we're in here, remove
duplicated defines from bnx2x_link.c.
bnx2: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9000
- Use more standard ETH_* defines while we're at it.
bcm63xx_enet: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 2028
- compute_hw_mtu was made largely pointless, and thus merged back into
bcm_enet_change_mtu.
b44: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 1500
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
CC: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
CC: Dept-HSGLinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
CC: Siva Reddy Kallam <siva.kallam@broadcom.com>
CC: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
atl2: min_mtu 40, max_mtu 1504
- Remove a few redundant defines that already have equivalents in
if_ether.h.
atl1: min_mtu 42, max_mtu 10218
atl1e: min_mtu 42, max_mtu 8170
atl1c: min_mtu 42, max_mtu 6122/1500
- GbE hardware gets a max_mtu of 6122, slower hardware gets 1500.
alx: min_mtu 34, max_mtu 9256
- Not so sure that minimum MTU number is really what was intended, but
that's what the math actually makes it out to be, due to max_frame
manipulations and comparison in alx_change_mtu, rather than just
comparing new_mtu. (I think 68 was the intended min_mtu value).
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
CC: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not let number of offload queue sets to go more than
MAX_OFLD_QSETS, which would otherwise crash the driver
on machines with cores more than MAX_OFLD_QSETS.
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow autoneg to enable flow control by default.
The behavior when autoneg is off has not changed.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Nilsson <jespern@axis.com>
Acked-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phy_device->supported is originally set by the PHY driver.
The ethernet driver should filter phy_device->supported to only contain
flags supported by the IP.
The IP supports setting rx and tx flow control independently,
therefore SUPPORTED_Pause and SUPPORTED_Asym_Pause should not be cleared.
If the flags are cleared, pause frames cannot be enabled (even if they
are supported by the PHY).
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Nilsson <jespern@axis.com>
Acked-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functions bnx2_reg_rd_ind(), bnx2_reg_wr_ind() and bnx2_ctx_wr()
can be called with IRQs disabled when netconsole is enabled. So they
should use spin_{,un}lock_irq{save,restore} instead of _bh variants.
Example call flow:
bnx2_poll()
->bnx2_poll_link()
->bnx2_phy_int()
->bnx2_set_remote_link()
->bnx2_shmem_rd()
->bnx2_reg_rd_ind()
-> spin_lock_bh(&bp->indirect_lock);
spin_unlock_bh(&bp->indirect_lock);
...
-> __local_bh_enable_ip
static inline void __local_bh_enable_ip(unsigned long ip)
WARN_ON_ONCE(in_irq() || irqs_disabled()); <<<<<< WARN
Cc: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Cc: Dept-HSGLinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 3933961682 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan MAC driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -ENODEV from the of_phy_connect() error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon//hns_mdio.ko | grep alias
alias: platform:Hi-HNS_MDIO
alias: acpi*:HISI0141:*
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon//hns_mdio.ko | grep alias
alias: platform:Hi-HNS_MDIO
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-mdioC*
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-mdio
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,mdioC*
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,mdio
alias: acpi*:HISI0141:*
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/qcom-emac.ko | grep alias
alias: platform:qcom-emac
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/qcom-emac.ko | grep alias
alias: platform:qcom-emac
alias: of:N*T*Cqcom,fsm9900-emacC*
alias: of:N*T*Cqcom,fsm9900-emac
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf.ko | grep alias
alias: acpi*:HISI00B2:*
alias: acpi*:HISI00B1:*
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf.ko | grep alias
alias: acpi*:HISI00B2:*
alias: acpi*:HISI00B1:*
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v2C*
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v2
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v1C*
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v1
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ $ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/aurora/nb8800.ko | grep alias
$
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/aurora/nb8800.ko | grep alias
alias: of:N*T*Csigma,smp8734-ethernetC*
alias: of:N*T*Csigma,smp8734-ethernet
alias: of:N*T*Csigma,smp8642-ethernetC*
alias: of:N*T*Csigma,smp8642-ethernet
alias: of:N*T*Caurora,nb8800C*
alias: of:N*T*Caurora,nb8800
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/ezchip/nps_enet.ko | grep alias
$
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/ezchip/nps_enet.ko | grep alias
alias: of:N*T*Cezchip,nps-mgt-enetC*
alias: of:N*T*Cezchip,nps-mgt-enet
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A memory leak of qe occurs when t4_sched_queue_unbind fails,
so fix this by free'ing qe on the error exit path.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to call ether_setup after alloc_ethdev since it was
already called there.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PTR_ERR(NULL) is success. We have to preserve the error code earlier.
Fixes: 7086605a6a ("stmmac: fix error check when init ptp")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race condition that can occur if EMAC interrupts are
enabled when phy_disconnect() is called. phy_disconnect() sets
adjust_link to NULL. When an interrupt occurs, the ISR might
call phy_mac_interrupt(), which wakes up the workqueue function
phy_state_machine(). This function might reference adjust_link,
thereby causing a null pointer exception.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCI devices that are 64-bit DMA capable should set the coherent
DMA mask as well as the streaming DMA mask. On some architectures,
these are managed separately, and so the coherent DMA mask will be
left at its default value of 32 if it is not set explicitly. This
results in errors such as
r8169 Gigabit Ethernet driver 2.3LK-NAPI loaded
hwdev DMA mask = 0x00000000ffffffff, dev_addr = 0x00000080fbfff000
swiotlb: coherent allocation failed for device 0000:02:00.0 size=4096
CPU: 0 PID: 1062 Comm: systemd-udevd Not tainted 4.8.0+ #35
Hardware name: AMD Seattle/Seattle, BIOS 10:53:24 Oct 13 2016
on systems without memory that is 32-bit addressable by PCI devices.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Oifo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma qedr RoCE driver from Doug Ledford:
"Early on in the merge window I mentioned I had a backlog of new
drivers waiting to be reviewed and that, in addition to the hns-roce
driver, I wanted to get possible a couple more reviewed. I ended up
only having the time to complete one of the additional drivers.
During Dave Miller's pull request this go around, there were a series
of 9 patches to the QLogic qed net driver that add basic support for a
paired RoCE driver. That support is currently not functional because
it is missing the matching RoCE driver in the RDMA subsystem. I
managed to finish that review. However, because it goes against part
of Dave's net pull, and a part that was accepted a day or two after
the merge window opened, to apply cleanly it has to be applied to
either the tip of Dave's net branch, or as I did in this case, I just
applied it to your master after you had taken Dave's pull request."
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma:
qedr: Add events support and register IB device
qedr: Add GSI support
qedr: Add LL2 RoCE interface
qedr: Add support for data path
qedr: Add support for memory registeration verbs
qedr: Add support for QP verbs
qedr: Add support for PD,PKEY and CQ verbs
qedr: Add support for user context verbs
qedr: Add support for RoCE HW init
qedr: Add RoCE driver framework
- Small patch set for hns net driver that the roce patches depend on
- Various fixes to the hns-roce driver
- Add connection manager support to the hns-roce driver
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=PmmI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull more rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"This merge window was the first where Huawei had to try and coordinate
their patches between their net driver and their new roce driver
(similar to mlx4 and mlx5).
They didn't do horribly, but there were some issues (and we knew that
because they simply didn't know what to do in the beginning). As a
result, I had a set of patches that depended on some patches that
normally would have come to you via Dave's tree. Those patches have
been on netdev@ for a while, so I got Dave to give me his approval to
send them to you. As such, the other 29 patches I had behind them are
also now ready to go.
This catches the hns and hns-roce drivers up to current, and for
future patches we are working with them to get them up to speed on how
to do joint driver development so that they don't have these sorts of
cross tree dependency issues again. BTW, Dave gave me permission to
add his Acked-by: to the patches against the net tree, but I've had
this branch through 0day (but not linux-next since it was off by
itself) and I didn't want to rebase the series just to add Dave's ack
for the 8 patches in the net area.
Updates to the hns drivers:
- Small patch set for hns net driver that the roce patches depend on
- Various fixes to the hns-roce driver
- Add connection manager support to the hns-roce driver"
* tag 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (36 commits)
IB/hns: Fix for removal of redundant code
IB/hns: Delete the redundant lines in hns_roce_v1_m_qp()
IB/hns: Fix the bug when platform_get_resource() exec fail
IB/hns: Update the rq head when modify qp state
IB/hns: Cq has not been freed
IB/hns: Validate mtu when modified qp
IB/hns: Some items of qpc need to take user param
IB/hns: The Ack timeout need a lower limit value
IB/hns: Return bad wr while post send failed
IB/hns: Fix bug of memory leakage for registering user mr
IB/hns: Modify the init of iboe lock
IB/hns: Optimize code of aeq and ceq interrupt handle and fix the bug of qpn
IB/hns: Delete the sqp_start from the structure hns_roce_caps
IB/hns: Fix bug of clear hem
IB/hns: Remove unused parameter named qp_type
IB/hns: Simplify function of pd alloc and qp alloc
IB/hns: Fix bug of using uninit refcount and free
IB/hns: Remove parameters of resize cq
IB/hns: Remove unused parameters in some functions
IB/hns: Add node_guid definition to the bindings document
...
Adds a skeletal implementation of the qed* RoCE driver -
basically the ability to communicate with the qede driver and
receive notifications from it regarding various init/exit events.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
While handling SPQ ramrod completion, there is a possible race
where driver might not read updated fw return code based on
ramrod completion done. This patch ensures that fw return code
is written first and then completion done flag is updated
using appropriate memory barriers.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Malicious VFs might be caught in several different methods:
- Misusing their bar permission and being blocked by hardware.
- Misusing their fastpath logic and being blocked by firmware.
- Misusing their interaction with their PF via hw-channel,
and being blocked by PF driver.
On the first two items, firmware would indicate to driver that
the VF is to be considered malicious, but would sometime still
allow the VF to communicate with the PF [depending on the exact
nature of the malicious activity done by the VF].
The current existing logic on the PF side lacks handling of such events,
and might allow the PF to perform some incorrect configuration on behalf
of a VF that was previously indicated as malicious.
The new scheme is simple -
Once the PF determines a VF is malicious it would:
a. Ignore any further requests on behalf of the VF-driver.
b. Prevent any configurations initiated by the hyperuser for
the malicious VF, as firmware isn't willing to serve such.
The malicious indication would be cleared upon the VF flr,
after which it would become usable once again.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever a ramrod is being sent for some device configuration,
the driver is going to sleep at least 5ms between each iteration
of polling on the completion of the ramrod.
However, in almost every configuration scenario the firmware
would be able to comply and complete the ramrod in a manner of
several usecs. This is especially important in cases where there
might be a lot of sequential configurations applying to the hardware
[e.g., RoCE], in which case the existing scheme might cause some
visible user delays.
This patch changes the completion scheme - instead of immediately
starting to sleep for a 'long' period, allow the device to quickly
poll on the first iteration after a couple of usecs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently qede fails to set IFF_UNICAST_FLT, and as a result is not
actually performing unicast MAC filtering.
While we're at it - relax a hard-coded limitation that limits each
interface into using at most 15 unicast MAC addresses before turning
promiscuous. Instead utilize the HW resources to their limit.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to hardware limitation, when transmitting a geneve-encapsulated
packet with more than 32 bytes worth of geneve options the hardware
would not be able to crack the packet and consider it a regular UDP
packet.
This implements the ndo_features_check() in qede in order to prevent
GSO on said transmitted packets.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GSO support for GRE and UDP tunnels
where outer checksums are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hypervisors can support MAC hints to their VFs.
Even though we don't have such a hypervisor API in linux, we add
sufficient logic for the VF to be able to receive such hints and
set the mac accordingly - as long as the VF has not been set with
a MAC already.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cases where the number of tx rings is not a multiple of the number of
rx rings, the tx completion event will be handled on a different core
from the transmit and population of the ring. Races on the ring will
lead to a double-free of the page, and possibly other corruption.
The rings are initialized by default with a valid multiple of rings,
based on the number of cpus, therefore an invalid configuration requires
ethtool to change the ring layout. For instance 'ethtool -L eth0 rx 9 tx
8' will cause packets received on rx0, and XDP_TX'd to tx48, to be
completed on cpu3 (48 % 9 == 3).
Resolve this discrepancy by shifting the irq for the xdp tx queues to
start again from 0, modulo rx_ring_num.
Fixes: 9ecc2d8617 ("net/mlx4_en: add xdp forwarding and data write support")
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This cleans many of the warnings that would arise in qed as a
result of compilations with C=1; Most of those are the addition
of missing 'static' to functions, although there are several other
fixes as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The qedr driver would require a tristate Kconfig option [to allow
it to compile as a module], and toward that end we've added the
INFINIBAND_QEDR option. But as we've made the compilation of the
qed/qede infrastructure required for RoCE dependent on the option
we'd be facing linking difficulties in case that QED=y or QEDE=y,
and INFINIBAND_QEDR=m.
To resolve this, we seperate between the INFINIBAND_QEDR option
and the infrastructure support in qed/qede by introducing a new
QED_RDMA option which would be selected by INFINIBAND_QEDR but would
be a boolean instead of a tristate; Following that, the qed/qede is
fixed based on this new option so that all config combinations would
be supported.
Fixes: cee9fbd8e2 ("qede: add qedr framework")
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smatch compains about qed_roce_ll2_tx() dereference
of the 'cdev' variable while testing its validity later.
As the validation checking is an over-kill [variable would always
be set], simply remove it.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These accessors are used in various drivers that support tc offloading,
to detect properties of a given 'tc_action'.
'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_REDIR.
'is_tcf_mirred_mirror' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR.
As a prep towards supporting INGRESS redir/mirror, rename these
predicates to reflect their true meaning:
s/is_tcf_mirred_redirect/is_tcf_mirred_egress_redirect/
s/is_tcf_mirred_mirror/is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror/
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dev parameter passed to __axienet_device_reset() is not used inside
the function, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is supposed to loop 1000 times and then give up. The problem is
it's a post-op and after the loop we test if "loop" is zero when really
it would be -1. Fix this by making it a pre-op.
Fixes: 1b7c55c453 ("liquidio: CN23XX queue manipulation")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a problem when propagated the
failure of ptp_clock_register to open function.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gmac 4.x version has not extended descriptors
(that are available on 3.x instead of).
While initializing the PTP module, the advanced PTP was
enabled in case of extended descriptors. This cannot be
applied for 4.x version where only the hardware capability
register has to show if the feature is present.
Patch also adds some extra netdev_(debug/inof) to better
dump the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The definition of qed_get_rdma_ops() is not a prototype unless
we add 'void' here, as indicated by this W=1 warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c: In function ‘qed_get_rdma_ops’:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c:2950:28: error: old-style function definition [-Werror=old-style-definition]
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I am hitting this in mlx5:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c: In function
reclaim_pages_cmd.clone.0:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c:346: error: call
to __compiletime_assert_346 declared with attribute error:
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: __mlx5_bit_off(manage_pages_out, pas[i]) % 64
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c: In function give_pages:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c:291: error: call
to __compiletime_assert_291 declared with attribute error:
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: __mlx5_bit_off(manage_pages_in, pas[i]) % 64
Problem is that this is doing a BUILD_BUG_ON on a non-constant
expression because of trying to take offset of pas[i] in the
structure.
Fix is to create MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 that takes an additional argument
that is the field index to separate between BUILD_BUG_ON on the array
constant field and the indexed field to assign the value to.
There are two callers of MLX5_SET64 that are trying to get a variable
offset, change those to call MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 passing 'pas' and 'i'
as the arguments to use in the offset check and the indexed value
assignment.
Fixes: a533ed5e17 ("net/mlx5: Pages management commands via mlx5 ifc")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we will remove items off the list using list_del() we need
to use a safe version of the list_for_each_entry() macro aptly named
list_for_each_entry_safe().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While build testing with randconfig on x86, I ran into this warning
that appears to have been around forever
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c: In function ‘tlan_probe1’:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c:614:1: error: label ‘err_out’ defined but not used [-Werror=unused-label]
This can be trivially avoided by just moving the label into the
existing #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With centralized MTU checking, there's nothing productive done by
eth_change_mtu that isn't already done in dev_set_mtu, so mark it as
deprecated and remove all usage of it in the kernel. All callers have been
audited for calls to alloc_etherdev* or ether_setup directly, which means
they all have a valid dev->min_mtu and dev->max_mtu. Now eth_change_mtu
prints out a netdev_warn about being deprecated, for the benefit of
out-of-tree drivers that might be utilizing it.
Of note, dvb_net.c actually had dev->mtu = 4096, while using
eth_change_mtu, meaning that if you ever tried changing it's mtu, you
couldn't set it above 1500 anymore. It's now getting dev->max_mtu also set
to 4096 to remedy that.
v2: fix up lantiq_etop, missed breakage due to drive not compiling on x86
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The link value reported by the link status register is not
reliable when no SPF module inserted. This patchset fixes this
issue by using GPIO to determine the link status.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Quan Nguyen <qnguyen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel source files need not include <linux/kconfig.h> explicitly
because the top Makefile forces to include it with:
-include $(srctree)/include/linux/kconfig.h
This commit removes explicit includes except the following:
* arch/s390/include/asm/facilities_src.h
* tools/testing/radix-tree/linux/kernel.h
These two are used for host programs.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1473656164-11929-1-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
A good practice is to prefix the names of functions by the name
of the subsystem.
The kthread worker API is a mix of classic kthreads and workqueues. Each
worker has a dedicated kthread. It runs a generic function that process
queued works. It is implemented as part of the kthread subsystem.
This patch renames the existing kthread worker API to use
the corresponding name from the workqueues API prefixed by
kthread_:
__init_kthread_worker() -> __kthread_init_worker()
init_kthread_worker() -> kthread_init_worker()
init_kthread_work() -> kthread_init_work()
insert_kthread_work() -> kthread_insert_work()
queue_kthread_work() -> kthread_queue_work()
flush_kthread_work() -> kthread_flush_work()
flush_kthread_worker() -> kthread_flush_worker()
Note that the names of DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK*() macros stay
as they are. It is common that the "DEFINE_" prefix has
precedence over the subsystem names.
Note that INIT() macros and init() functions use different
naming scheme. There is no good solution. There are several
reasons for this solution:
+ "init" in the function names stands for the verb "initialize"
aka "initialize worker". While "INIT" in the macro names
stands for the noun "INITIALIZER" aka "worker initializer".
+ INIT() macros are used only in DEFINE() macros
+ init() functions are used close to the other kthread()
functions. It looks much better if all the functions
use the same scheme.
+ There will be also kthread_destroy_worker() that will
be used close to kthread_cancel_work(). It is related
to the init() function. Again it looks better if all
functions use the same naming scheme.
+ there are several precedents for such init() function
names, e.g. amd_iommu_init_device(), free_area_init_node(),
jump_label_init_type(), regmap_init_mmio_clk(),
+ It is not an argument but it was inconsistent even before.
[arnd@arndb.de: fix linux-next merge conflict]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160908135724.1311726-1-arnd@arndb.de
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1470754545-17632-3-git-send-email-pmladek@suse.com
Suggested-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Netfilter list handling fix, from Linus.
2) RXRPC/AFS bug fixes from David Howells (oops on call to serviceless
endpoints, build warnings, missing notifications, etc.) From David
Howells.
3) Kernel log message missing newlines, from Colin Ian King.
4) Don't enter direct reclaim in netlink dumps, the idea is to use a
high order allocation first and fallback quickly to a 0-order
allocation if such a high-order one cannot be done cheaply and
without reclaim. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix firmware download errors in btusb bluetooth driver, from Ethan
Hsieh.
6) Missing Kconfig deps for QCOM_EMAC, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
7) Fix MDIO_XGENE dup Kconfig entry. From Laura Abbott.
8) Constrain ipv6 rtr_solicits sysctl values properly, from Maciej
Żenczykowski.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (65 commits)
netfilter: Fix slab corruption.
be2net: Enable VF link state setting for BE3
be2net: Fix TX stats for TSO packets
be2net: Update Copyright string in be_hw.h
be2net: NCSI FW section should be properly updated with ethtool for BE3
be2net: Provide an alternate way to read pf_num for BEx chips
wan/fsl_ucc_hdlc: Fix size used in dma_free_coherent()
net: macb: NULL out phydev after removing mdio bus
xen-netback: make sure that hashes are not send to unaware frontends
Fixing a bug in team driver due to incorrect 'unsigned int' to 'int' conversion
MAINTAINERS: add myself as a maintainer of xen-netback
ipv6 addrconf: disallow rtr_solicits < -1
Bluetooth: btusb: Fix atheros firmware download error
drivers: net: phy: Correct duplicate MDIO_XGENE entry
ethernet: qualcomm: QCOM_EMAC should depend on HAS_DMA and HAS_IOMEM
net: ethernet: mediatek: remove hwlro property in the device tree
net: ethernet: mediatek: get hw lro capability by the chip id instead of by the dtsi
net: ethernet: mediatek: get the chip id by ETHDMASYS registers
net: bgmac: Fix errant feature flag check
netlink: do not enter direct reclaim from netlink_dump()
...
- Updates to mlx5
- Updates to mlx4 (two conflicts, both minor and easily resolved)
- Updates to iw_cxgb4 (one conflict, not so obvious to resolve, proper
resolution is to keep the code in cxgb4_main.c as it is in Linus'
tree as attach_uld was refactored and moved into cxgb4_uld.c)
- Improvements to uAPI (moved vendor specific API elements to uAPI area)
- Add hns-roce driver and hns and hns-roce ACPI reset support
- Conversion of all rdma code away from deprecated
create_singlethread_workqueue
- Security improvement: remove unsafe ib_get_dma_mr (breaks lustre in
staging)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=LC+S
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull main rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"This is the main pull request for the rdma stack this release. The
code has been through 0day and I had it tagged for linux-next testing
for a couple days.
Summary:
- updates to mlx5
- updates to mlx4 (two conflicts, both minor and easily resolved)
- updates to iw_cxgb4 (one conflict, not so obvious to resolve,
proper resolution is to keep the code in cxgb4_main.c as it is in
Linus' tree as attach_uld was refactored and moved into
cxgb4_uld.c)
- improvements to uAPI (moved vendor specific API elements to uAPI
area)
- add hns-roce driver and hns and hns-roce ACPI reset support
- conversion of all rdma code away from deprecated
create_singlethread_workqueue
- security improvement: remove unsafe ib_get_dma_mr (breaks lustre in
staging)"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (75 commits)
staging/lustre: Disable InfiniBand support
iw_cxgb4: add fast-path for small REG_MR operations
cxgb4: advertise support for FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR
IB/core: correctly handle rdma_rw_init_mrs() failure
IB/srp: Fix infinite loop when FMR sg[0].offset != 0
IB/srp: Remove an unused argument
IB/core: Improve ib_map_mr_sg() documentation
IB/mlx4: Fix possible vl/sl field mismatch in LRH header in QP1 packets
IB/mthca: Move user vendor structures
IB/nes: Move user vendor structures
IB/ocrdma: Move user vendor structures
IB/mlx4: Move user vendor structures
IB/cxgb4: Move user vendor structures
IB/cxgb3: Move user vendor structures
IB/mlx5: Move and decouple user vendor structures
IB/{core,hw}: Add constant for node_desc
ipoib: Make ipoib_warn ratelimited
IB/mlx4/alias_GUID: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
IB/ipoib_verbs: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
IB/ipoib: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
...
The VF link state setting feature now works on BE3 chips too from
FW ver 11.1.192.0 onwards.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX stats update does not take into account headers which get duplicated
when the TSO packet is split into segments by HW. Fix this for both
tunneled (vxlan) and non-tunneled TSO packets.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the year and company name in the copyright string
in be_hw.h.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver has a check to ensure that NCSI FW section is updated only
if the current FW version in the card supports it. This FW version check
is done using memcmp() which obviously fails in some cases. Fix this by
breaking up the version string into integer version components and
comparing them.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver gets the pf_num for Skyhawk and Lancer using
GET_FUNC_CONFIG FW command. But since that command is not
supported in BEx, we need to get it from some other command.
Otherwise TPE recovery would fail since all NIC PFs would
end up with a func num of 0. There's a pci function number
field in the response of GET_CNTL_ATTRIBUTES command that
can be read to get the same info for BEx adapters.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These updates have been kept in a separate branch mostly because
they rely on updates to the respective clk drivers to keep the
shared header files in sync.
- The Renesas r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) platform gets added, this is an
automotive SoC similar to the ⅹ8a7795 chip we already support, but
the dts changes rely on a clock driver change that has been
merged for v4.9 through the clk tree.
- The Amlogic meson-gxbb (S905) platform gains support for a few
drivers merged through our tree, in particular the network and
usb driver changes are required and included here, and also
the clk tree changes.
- The Allwinner platforms have seen a large-scale change to their
clk drivers and the dts file updates must come after that.
This includes the newly added Nextthing GR8 platform, which is
derived from sun5i/A13.
- Some integrator (arm32) changes rely on clk driver changes.
- A single patch for lpc32xx has no such dependency but wasn't
added until just before the merge window
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=OmAu
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'armsoc-late' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM SoC late DT updates from Arnd Bergmann:
"These updates have been kept in a separate branch mostly because they
rely on updates to the respective clk drivers to keep the shared
header files in sync.
- The Renesas r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) platform gets added, this is an
automotive SoC similar to the ⅹ8a7795 chip we already support, but
the dts changes rely on a clock driver change that has been merged
for v4.9 through the clk tree.
- The Amlogic meson-gxbb (S905) platform gains support for a few
drivers merged through our tree, in particular the network and usb
driver changes are required and included here, and also the clk
tree changes.
- The Allwinner platforms have seen a large-scale change to their clk
drivers and the dts file updates must come after that. This
includes the newly added Nextthing GR8 platform, which is derived
from sun5i/A13.
- Some integrator (arm32) changes rely on clk driver changes.
- A single patch for lpc32xx has no such dependency but wasn't added
until just before the merge window"
* tag 'armsoc-late' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (99 commits)
ARM: dts: lpc32xx: add device node for IRAM on-chip memory
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add accelerometer to polaroid-mid2407pxe03
ARM: dts: sun8i: enable UART1 for iNet D978 Rev2 board
ARM: dts: sun8i: add pinmux for UART1 at PG
dts: sun8i-h3: add I2C0-2 peripherals to H3 SOC
dts: sun8i-h3: add pinmux definitions for I2C0-2
dts: sun8i-h3: associate exposed UARTs on Orange Pi Boards
dts: sun8i-h3: split off RTS/CTS for UART1 in seperate pinmux
dts: sun8i-h3: add pinmux definitions for UART2-3
ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Disable EHCI1
ARM: dts: sun9i: cubieboard4: Add AXP806 PMIC device node and regulators
ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Add AXP806 PMIC device node and regulators
ARM: dts: sun9i: cubieboard4: Declare AXP809 SW regulator as unused
ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Declare AXP809 SW regulator as unused
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a33-ga10h
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-polaroid-mid2809pxe04
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-polaroid-mid2407pxe03
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-inet86dz
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-gt90h
ARM64: dts: meson-gxbb-vega-s95: Enable USB Nodes
...
To ensure the dev->phydev pointer is not used after becoming invalid in
mdiobus_unregister, set it to NULL. This happens when removing the macb
driver without first taking its interface down, since unregister_netdev
will end up calling macb_close.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Brad Mouring <brad.mouring@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When processing a REG_MR work request, if fw supports the
FW_RI_NSMR_TPTE_WR work request, and if the page list for this
registration is <= 2 pages, and the current state of the mr is INVALID,
then use FW_RI_NSMR_TPTE_WR to pass down a fully populated TPTE for FW
to write. This avoids FW having to do an async read of the TPTE blocking
the SQ until the read completes.
To know if the current MR state is INVALID or not, iw_cxgb4 must track the
state of each fastreg MR. The c4iw_mr struct state is updated as REG_MR
and LOCAL_INV WRs are posted and completed, when a reg_mr is destroyed,
and when RECV completions are processed that include a local invalidation.
This optimization increases small IO IOPS for both iSER and NVMF.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Query firmware for the FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_RI_FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR parameter.
If it exists and is 1, then advertise support for FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR to
the ULDs.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
In MLX qp packets, the LRH (built by the driver) has both a VL field
and an SL field. When building a QP1 packet, the VL field should
reflect the SLtoVL mapping and not arbitrarily contain zero (as is
done now). This bug causes credit problems in IB switches at
high rates of QP1 packets.
The fix is to cache the SL to VL mapping in the driver, and look up
the VL mapped to the SL provided in the send request when sending
QP1 packets.
For FW versions which support generating a port_management_config_change
event with subtype sl-to-vl-table-change, the driver uses that event
to update its sl-to-vl mapping cache. Otherwise, the driver snoops
incoming SMP mads to update the cache.
There remains the case where the FW is running in secure-host mode
(so no QP0 packets are delivered to the driver), and the FW does not
generate the sl2vl mapping change event. To support this case, the
driver updates (via querying the FW) its sl2vl mapping cache when
running in secure-host mode when it receives either a Port Up event
or a client-reregister event (where the port is still up, but there
may have been an opensm failover).
OpenSM modifies the sl2vl mapping before Port Up and Client-reregister
events occur, so if there is a mapping change the driver's cache will
be properly updated.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
If NO_DMA=y:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `emac_probe':
emac.c:(.text+0x3780b8): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x3780e2): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x378112): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x378146): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x37816e): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
drivers/built-in.o:emac.c:(.text+0x37819a): more undefined references to `bad_dma_ops' follow
If NO_IOMEM=y:
drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/emac.c: In function ‘emac_remove’:
drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/emac.c:736:3: error: implicit declaration of function ‘iounmap’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
iounmap(adpt->phy.digital);
^
Add dependencies on HAS_DMA and HAS_IOMEM to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because hw lro started to be supported from MT7623, the proper way to check if
the feature is capable is to judge by the chip id instead of by the dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver gets the chip id by ETHSYS_CHIPID0_3/ETHSYS_CHIPID4_7 registers
in mtk_probe().
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the conversion to the feature flags, a check against
ci->id != BCMA_CHIP_ID_BCM47162
became
bgmac->feature_flags & BGMAC_FEAT_CLKCTLS
instead of
!(bgmac->feature_flags & BGMAC_FEAT_CLKCTLS)
Reported-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to enable CPSW RGMII internal delay (id mode) bits
when rgmii internal delay is configured in phy.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival fix, dev_err messages are missing a \n, so add it. Also
fix grammer, spelling mistake and add white spaces to various
error messages.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival fix, dev_dbg message is missing a \n, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival fix, dev_err messages are missing a \n, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Madalin Bucur says:
====================
fsl/fman: cleanup and small fixes
This series contains fixes for the DPAA FMan driver.
Adding myself as maintainer of the driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) BBR TCP congestion control, from Neal Cardwell, Yuchung Cheng and
co. at Google. https://lwn.net/Articles/701165/
2) Do TCP Small Queues for retransmits, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Support collect_md mode for all IPV4 and IPV6 tunnels, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
4) Allow cls_flower to classify packets in ip tunnels, from Amir Vadai.
5) Support DSA tagging in older mv88e6xxx switches, from Andrew Lunn.
6) Support GMAC protocol in iwlwifi mwm, from Ayala Beker.
7) Support ndo_poll_controller in mlx5, from Calvin Owens.
8) Move VRF processing to an output hook and allow l3mdev to be
loopback, from David Ahern.
9) Support SOCK_DESTROY for UDP sockets. Also from David Ahern.
10) Congestion control in RXRPC, from David Howells.
11) Support geneve RX offload in ixgbe, from Emil Tantilov.
12) When hitting pressure for new incoming TCP data SKBs, perform a
partial rathern than a full purge of the OFO queue (which could be
huge). From Eric Dumazet.
13) Convert XFRM state and policy lookups to RCU, from Florian Westphal.
14) Support RX network flow classification to igb, from Gangfeng Huang.
15) Hardware offloading of eBPF in nfp driver, from Jakub Kicinski.
16) New skbmod packet action, from Jamal Hadi Salim.
17) Remove some inefficiencies in snmp proc output, from Jia He.
18) Add FIB notifications to properly propagate route changes to
hardware which is doing forwarding offloading. From Jiri Pirko.
19) New dsa driver for qca8xxx chips, from John Crispin.
20) Implement RFC7559 ipv6 router solicitation backoff, from Maciej
Żenczykowski.
21) Add L3 mode to ipvlan, from Mahesh Bandewar.
22) Support 802.1ad in mlx4, from Moshe Shemesh.
23) Support hardware LRO in mediatek driver, from Nelson Chang.
24) Add TC offloading to mlx5, from Or Gerlitz.
25) Convert various drivers to ethtool ksettings interfaces, from
Philippe Reynes.
26) TX max rate limiting for cxgb4, from Rahul Lakkireddy.
27) NAPI support for ath10k, from Rajkumar Manoharan.
28) Support XDP in mlx5, from Rana Shahout and Saeed Mahameed.
29) UDP replicast support in TIPC, from Richard Alpe.
30) Per-queue statistics for qed driver, from Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru.
31) Support BQL in thunderx driver, from Sunil Goutham.
32) TSO support in alx driver, from Tobias Regnery.
33) Add stream parser engine and use it in kcm.
34) Support async DHCP replies in ipconfig module, from Uwe
Kleine-König.
35) DSA port fast aging for mv88e6xxx driver, from Vivien Didelot.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1715 commits)
mlxsw: switchx2: Fix misuse of hard_header_len
mlxsw: spectrum: Fix misuse of hard_header_len
net/faraday: Stop NCSI device on shutdown
net/ncsi: Introduce ncsi_stop_dev()
net/ncsi: Rework the channel monitoring
net/ncsi: Allow to extend NCSI request properties
net/ncsi: Rework request index allocation
net/ncsi: Don't probe on the reserved channel ID (0x1f)
net/ncsi: Introduce NCSI_RESERVED_CHANNEL
net/ncsi: Avoid unused-value build warning from ia64-linux-gcc
net: Add netdev all_adj_list refcnt propagation to fix panic
net: phy: Add Edge-rate driver for Microsemi PHYs.
vmxnet3: Wake queue from reset work
i40e: avoid NULL pointer dereference and recursive errors on early PCI error
qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support
qed: Add support for memory registeration verbs
qed: Add support for QP verbs
qed: PD,PKEY and CQ verb support
qed: Add support for RoCE hw init
qede: Add qedr framework
...
In order to specify that the mlxsw switchx2 driver needs additional
headroom for packets, there have been use of the hard_header_len field of
the netdevice struct.
This commit changes that to use needed_headroom instead, as this is the
correct way to do that.
Fixes: 31557f0f97 ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox SwitchX-2 ASIC support")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to specify that the mlxsw spectrum driver needs additional
headroom for packets, there have been use of the hard_header_len field of
the netdevice struct.
This commit changes that to use needed_headroom instead, as this is the
correct way to do that.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This stops NCSI device when closing the network device so that the
NCSI device can be reenabled later.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-02
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Jake fixes an issue where PTP applications requesting software timestamps
may complain that the requested mode is not supported, so add a generic
callback for those drivers that have software transmit timestamp support
enabled. Then provides a trivial cleanup where a code was not wrapped
properly. Got make sure that code looks good in a 80 character limit.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although rare, it's possible to hit PCI error early on device
probe, meaning possibly some structs are not entirely initialized,
and some might even be completely uninitialized, leading to NULL
pointer dereference.
The i40e driver currently presents a "bad" behavior if device hits
such early PCI error: firstly, the struct i40e_pf might not be
attached to pci_dev yet, leading to a NULL pointer dereference on
access to pf->state.
Even checking if the struct is NULL and avoiding the access in that
case isn't enough, since the driver cannot recover from PCI error
that early; in our experiments we saw multiple failures on kernel
log, like:
[549.664] i40e 0007:01:00.1: Initial pf_reset failed: -15
[549.664] i40e: probe of 0007:01:00.1 failed with error -15
[...]
[871.644] i40e 0007:01:00.1: The driver for the device stopped because the
device firmware failed to init. Try updating your NVM image.
[871.644] i40e: probe of 0007:01:00.1 failed with error -32
[...]
[872.516] i40e 0007:01:00.0: ARQ: Unknown event 0x0000 ignored
Between the first probe failure (error -15) and the second (error -32)
another PCI error happened due to the first bad probe. Also, driver
started to flood console with those ARQ event messages.
This patch will prevent these issues by allowing error recovery
mechanism to remove the failed device from the system instead of
trying to recover from early PCI errors during device probe.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-03
This series contains fixes to i40e only.
Stefan Assmann provides the changes in this series to resolve an issue
where when we run out of MSIx vectors, iWARP gets disabled automatically.
First adds a check for "no vectors left" during MSIx vector allocation
for VMDq, which will prevent more vectors being allocated than available.
Then fixed the MSIx vector redistribution when we reach the hardware limit
for vectors so that additional features like VMDq, iWARP, etc do not get
starved for vectors because the PF is hogging all the resources. Lastly,
fix the issue for flow director by moving the check for the reaching the
vector limit earlier in the code so that a decision can be made on
disabling flow director.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the RoCE-specific LL2 logic [as well as GSI support] over
the 'generic' LL2 interface.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add slowpath configuration support for user, dma and memory
regions registration.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the slowpath configurations of Queue Pair verbs
which adds, deletes, modifies and queries Queue Pairs.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the configurations of the protection domain and
completion queues.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the backbone required for the various HW initalizations
which are necessary for the qedr driver - FW notification, resource
initializations, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a skeletal implementation of the qede RoCE driver -
The qedr has some dependencies of the state of the underlying base
interface. This adds some logic required with mutual registrations
and the ability to pass updates on 'intresting' events.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Other protocols beside the networking driver need the ability
of passing some L2 traffic, usually [although not limited] for the
purpose of some management traffic.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull CPU hotplug updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"Yet another batch of cpu hotplug core updates and conversions:
- Provide core infrastructure for multi instance drivers so the
drivers do not have to keep custom lists.
- Convert custom lists to the new infrastructure. The block-mq custom
list conversion comes through the block tree and makes the diffstat
tip over to more lines removed than added.
- Handle unbalanced hotplug enable/disable calls more gracefully.
- Remove the obsolete CPU_STARTING/DYING notifier support.
- Convert another batch of notifier users.
The relayfs changes which conflicted with the conversion have been
shipped to me by Andrew.
The remaining lot is targeted for 4.10 so that we finally can remove
the rest of the notifiers"
* 'smp-hotplug-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (46 commits)
cpufreq: Fix up conversion to hotplug state machine
blk/mq: Reserve hotplug states for block multiqueue
x86/apic/uv: Convert to hotplug state machine
s390/mm/pfault: Convert to hotplug state machine
mips/loongson/smp: Convert to hotplug state machine
mips/octeon/smp: Convert to hotplug state machine
fault-injection/cpu: Convert to hotplug state machine
padata: Convert to hotplug state machine
cpufreq: Convert to hotplug state machine
ACPI/processor: Convert to hotplug state machine
virtio scsi: Convert to hotplug state machine
oprofile/timer: Convert to hotplug state machine
block/softirq: Convert to hotplug state machine
lib/irq_poll: Convert to hotplug state machine
x86/microcode: Convert to hotplug state machine
sh/SH-X3 SMP: Convert to hotplug state machine
ia64/mca: Convert to hotplug state machine
ARM/OMAP/wakeupgen: Convert to hotplug state machine
ARM/shmobile: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/FP/SIMD: Convert to hotplug state machine
...
Currently if the MSI-X vector limit is reached the sideband flow
director gets disabled. A bit too early to make that decision, as
vectors may get re-distributed. So move the check further back.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver allocates 1 vector per CPU thread and the current hardware
limit for vectors is 129 per PF. On systems with 128 or more threads
this currently means all vectors are used by the PF leaving no room for
additional features like VMDq, iWARP, etc...
The code that should redistribute the vectors in this case is broken and
never triggers. Fixed the code so that it actually triggers if the
hardware limit is reached and adjust the number of queue pairs
accordingly.
Also the number of initially requested iWARP vectors was not properly
saved when the vector limit was reached, and therefore always zero.
Comparison with debug statement.
Before:
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: VMDq disabled, not enough MSI-X vectors
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: IWARP disabled, not enough MSI-X vectors
i40e 00.0 MSI-X vector distribution: PF 128, VMDq 0, FDSB 0, iWARP 0
After:
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: MSI-X vector limit reached, attempting to redistribute vectors
i40e 00.0 MSI-X vector distribution: PF 78, VMDq 8, FDSB 0, iWARP 42
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During MSI-X vector allocation for VMDq, a check for "no vectors left"
was missing, add it. This prevents more vectors to be allocated than
available.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In case of error, the function ioremap() returns NULL pointer
not ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value check
should be replaced with NULL test.
Also add check for return value of platform_get_resource().
Fixes: 54e19bc74f ("net: qcom/emac: do not use devm on internal
phy pdev")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The broadcast packets is filtered in the hardware now, so this process
is no need in the driver, just delete it.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When the dsaf mode receives a broadcast packet, it will filter
the packet by comparing the received queue number and destination
queue number(get from forwarding table), if they are the same,
the packet will be filtered. Otherwise, the packet will be loopback.
So this patch select queue 0 to send broadcast and multicast packets.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
As the sub queue id in the broadcast forwarding table is always
set to absolute queue 0 rather than the interface's relative queue 0,
this will cause the received broadcast packets loopback to rcb.
This patch sets the sub queue id to relative queue 0 of each port.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
After running command "ethtool -t eth0", eth0 can not be connected to
network. It is caused by the changing the inner loopback register and
this register cannot be changed when hns connected to network. The
routine of setting this register needs to be removed and using promisc
mode to let the packet looped back pass by dsaf mode.
Reported-by: Jun He <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhaung <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Because we handle the received packets after napi, so delete the checking
before submitting. It delete the code of read the fbd number register,
which reduces the cpu usages while receiving packets
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds fini_process for v2, it handles the packets recevied
by the hardware in the napi porcess. With this patch, the hardware irq
numbers will drop 50% per sec.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When set rx/tx coalesce usecs to 0, the interrupt coalesce will be
disabled, but there is a interrupt rate limit which set to 1us, it
will cause no interrupt occurs. This patch disable interrupt limit
when sets coalsecs usecs to 0, and restores it to 1 in other case.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When hnae_reserve_buffer_map fail, it will break cycle and some
buffer description has no available memory, therefore the port will
be unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Trivial change here to cleanup a checkpatch.pl warning that got
introduced when changing to alloc_workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no need to clk_disable_unprepare(dev->clk)
before it was initialized.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If fi->fib_nhs is zero, the router interface pointer is uninitialized, as shown by
this warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c: In function 'mlxsw_sp_router_fib_event':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:1674:21: error: 'r' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:1643:23: note: 'r' was declared here
This changes the loop so we handle the case the same way as finding no router
interface pointer attached to one of the nexthops to ensure we always
trap here instead of using uninitialized data.
Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Build-testing this driver with -Wmaybe-uninitialized gives a new false-positive
warning that I can't really explain:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c: In function 'mlx5e_configure_flower':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c:509:3: error: 'old_attr' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
It's obvious from the code that 'old_attr' is initialized whenever 'old'
is non-NULL here. The warning appears with all versions I tested from gcc-4.7
through gcc-6.1, and I could not come up with a way to rewrite the function
in a more readable way that avoids the warning, so I'm adding another
initialization to shut it up.
Fixes: 8b32580df1 ("net/mlx5e: Add TC vlan action for SRIOV offloads")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This generic callback is for drivers which have software Tx timestamp
support enabled. Without this, PTP applications requesting software
timestamps may complain that the requested mode is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent cleanup marked cxgb4_dcb_enabled as 'static', which is correct, but this ignored
how the symbol is also exported. In addition, the export can be compiled out when modules
are disabled, causing a harmless compiler warning in configurations for which it is not
used at all:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_main.c:282:12: error: 'cxgb4_dcb_enabled' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
This removes the export and moves the function into the correct #ifdef so we only build
it when there are users.
Fixes: 50935857f8 ("cxgb4: mark symbols static where possible")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the mac address origin is not dt, you can only safely assign a mac
address after "link up" of the device. If the link is off the clocks are
disabled and because of issues assigning registers when clocks are off the
new mac address cannot be written in .ndo_set_mac_address() on some soc's.
This fix sets the mac address unconditionally in fec_restart(...) and
ensures consistency between fec registers and the network layer.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Schenk <g.schenk@eckelmann.de>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Fixes: 9638d19e48 ("net: fec: add netif status check before set mac address")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 2 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:2041:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'mtk_get_link_ksettings' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:2052:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'mtk_set_link_ksettings' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
So this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_main.c:2715:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'cxgb_setup_tc' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks this function with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements ndo_poll_controller in net_device_ops callbacks for mlx5,
which is necessary to use netconsole with this driver.
Acked-By: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Calvin Owens <calvinowens@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set upper 32 bits of destination register to zeros after
load from the context structure.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also can address following UBSAN warnings:
[ 36.640343] ================================================================================
[ 36.648772] UBSAN: Undefined behaviour in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/fw.c:857:26
[ 36.656853] shift exponent 64 is too large for 32-bit type 'int'
[ 36.663348] ================================================================================
[ 36.671783] ================================================================================
[ 36.680213] UBSAN: Undefined behaviour in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/fw.c:861:27
[ 36.688297] shift exponent 35 is too large for 32-bit type 'int'
[ 36.694702] ================================================================================
Tested:
reboot with UBSAN, no warning.
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the driver is probing the adapter, an error may occur before the
netdev structure is allocated and attached to pci_dev. In this case,
not only netdev isn't available, but the tg3 private structure is also
not available as it is just math from the NULL pointer, so dereferences
must be skipped.
The following trace is seen when the error is triggered:
[1.402247] Unable to handle kernel paging request for data at address 0x00001a99
[1.402410] Faulting instruction address: 0xc0000000007e33f8
[1.402450] Oops: Kernel access of bad area, sig: 11 [#1]
[1.402481] SMP NR_CPUS=2048 NUMA PowerNV
[1.402513] Modules linked in:
[1.402545] CPU: 0 PID: 651 Comm: eehd Not tainted 4.4.0-36-generic #55-Ubuntu
[1.402591] task: c000001fe4e42a20 ti: c000001fe4e88000 task.ti: c000001fe4e88000
[1.402742] NIP: c0000000007e33f8 LR: c0000000007e3164 CTR: c000000000595ea0
[1.402787] REGS: c000001fe4e8b790 TRAP: 0300 Not tainted (4.4.0-36-generic)
[1.402832] MSR: 9000000100009033 <SF,HV,EE,ME,IR,DR,RI,LE> CR: 28000422 XER: 20000000
[1.403058] CFAR: c000000000008468 DAR: 0000000000001a99 DSISR: 42000000 SOFTE: 1
GPR00: c0000000007e3164 c000001fe4e8ba10 c0000000015c5e00 0000000000000000
GPR04: 0000000000000001 0000000000000000 0000000000000039 0000000000000299
GPR08: 0000000000000000 0000000000000001 c000001fe4e88000 0000000000000006
GPR12: 0000000000000000 c00000000fb40000 c0000000000e6558 c000003ca1bffd00
GPR16: 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000
GPR20: 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 c000000000d52768
GPR24: c000000000d52740 0000000000000100 c000003ca1b52000 0000000000000002
GPR28: 0000000000000900 0000000000000000 c00000000152a0c0 c000003ca1b52000
[1.404226] NIP [c0000000007e33f8] tg3_io_error_detected+0x308/0x340
[1.404265] LR [c0000000007e3164] tg3_io_error_detected+0x74/0x340
This patch avoids the NULL pointer dereference by moving the access after
the netdev NULL pointer check on tg3_io_error_detected(). Also, we add a
check for netdev being NULL on tg3_io_resume() [suggested by Michael Chan].
Fixes: 0486a063b1 ("tg3: prevent ifup/ifdown during PCI error recovery")
Fixes: dfc8f37031 ("net/tg3: Release IRQs on permanent error")
Tested-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Milton Miller <miltonm@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reading addresses, interrupts, and _DSD properties
from ACPI tables, just like with device tree. The HID for the
EMAC device itself is QCOM8070. The internal PHY is represented
by a child node with a HID of QCOM8071.
The EMAC also has some complex clock initialization requirements
that are not represented by this patch. This will be addressed
in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the DT-specific of_get_mac_address() function with
device_get_mac_address, which works on both DT and ACPI platforms. This
change makes it easier to add ACPI support.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The platform_device returned by of_find_device_by_node() is not
automatically released when the driver unprobes. Therefore,
managed calls like devm_ioremap_resource() should not be used.
Instead, we manually allocate the resources and then free them
on driver release.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the first two members of the Renesas RZ/G family, RZ/G1M/E
(also known as R8A7743/5). The Ether core is the same as in the R-Car gen2
SoCs, so will share the code/data with them...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Acked-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, in order to offload a FIB entry to HW we use switchdev op.
Use the newly introduced FIB notifier infrasturucture to process
FIB entries to offload the in HW.
Abort mechanism is now handled within the rocker driver.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, in order to offload a FIB entry to HW we use switchdev op.
However that has limits. Mainly in case we need to make the HW aware of
all route prefixes configured in kernel. HW needs to know those in order
to properly trap appropriate packets and pass the to kernel to do
the forwarding. Abort mechanism is now handled within the mlxsw driver.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a reset occurs, the PPS SYS_WRAP interrupt was not re-enabled which
resulted in disabling of the PPS signaling. Fix this by recording when
the interrupt is on and ensuring that we re-enable it every time we
reset.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump igb version to match other igb drivers.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump version to match other igbvf drivers.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ethtool.c:2707:5: warning:
symbol 'igb_rxnfc_write_vlan_prio_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The group list must be freed prior to freeing the command otherwise
we have a use-after-free.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(1) Modify the register settings for LRO relinquishments
(2) Jump out from the waiting loop while LRO relinquishments are done
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stop PDMA while the frame engine is going to stop.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 62469c7600 ("net: ethernet: bcmgenet: use phydev
from struct net_device") because it causes GENETv1/2/3 adapters to
expose the following behavior after an ifconfig down/up sequence:
PING fainelli-linux (10.112.156.244): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.352 ms
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.472 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.496 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.517 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.536 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.557 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=752.448 ms (DUP!)
This was previously fixed by commit 5dbebbb44a ("net: bcmgenet:
Software reset EPHY after power on") but the commit we are reverting was
essentially making this previous commit void, here is why.
Without commit 62469c7600 we would have the following scenario after
an ifconfig down then up sequence:
- bcmgenet_open() calls bcmgenet_power_up() to make sure the PHY is
initialized *before* we get to initialize the UniMAC, this is
critical to ensure the PHY is in a correct state, priv->phydev is
valid, this code executes fine
- second time from bcmgenet_mii_probe(), through the normal
phy_init_hw() call (which arguably could be optimized out)
Everything is fine in that case. With commit 62469c7600, we would have
the following scenario to happen after an ifconfig down then up
sequence:
- bcmgenet_close() calls phy_disonnect() which makes dev->phydev become
NULL
- when bcmgenet_open() executes again and calls bcmgenet_mii_reset() from
bcmgenet_power_up() to initialize the internal PHY, the NULL check
becomes true, so we do not reset the PHY, yet we keep going on and
initialize the UniMAC, causing MAC activity to occur
- we call bcmgenet_mii_reset() from bcmgenet_mii_probe(), but this is
too late, the PHY is botched, and causes the above bogus pings/packets
transmission/reception to occur
Reported-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 6b352ebccb ("net: ethernet: broadcom: bcmgenet:
use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings").
We needs to revert the commit 62469c7600 ("net: ethernet: bcmgenet:
use phydev from struct net_device"), because this commit add a
regression. As the commit 6b352ebccb ("net: ethernet: broadcom:
bcmgenet: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings") depend
on the first one, we also need to revert it first.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 62469c7600 ("net: ethernet: bcmgenet: use phydev
from struct net_device") because it causes GENETv1/2/3 adapters to
expose the following behavior after an ifconfig down/up sequence:
PING fainelli-linux (10.112.156.244): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.352 ms
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.472 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.496 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.517 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.536 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=1.557 ms (DUP!)
64 bytes from 10.112.156.244: seq=1 ttl=61 time=752.448 ms (DUP!)
This was previously fixed by commit 5dbebbb44a ("net: bcmgenet:
Software reset EPHY after power on") but the commit we are reverting was
essentially making this previous commit void, here is why.
Without commit 62469c7600 we would have the following scenario after
an ifconfig down then up sequence:
- bcmgenet_open() calls bcmgenet_power_up() to make sure the PHY is
initialized *before* we get to initialize the UniMAC, this is
critical to ensure the PHY is in a correct state, priv->phydev is
valid, this code executes fine
- second time from bcmgenet_mii_probe(), through the normal
phy_init_hw() call (which arguably could be optimized out)
Everything is fine in that case. With commit 62469c7600, we would have
the following scenario to happen after an ifconfig down then up
sequence:
- bcmgenet_close() calls phy_disonnect() which makes dev->phydev become
NULL
- when bcmgenet_open() executes again and calls bcmgenet_mii_reset() from
bcmgenet_power_up() to initialize the internal PHY, the NULL check
becomes true, so we do not reset the PHY, yet we keep going on and
initialize the UniMAC, causing MAC activity to occur
- we call bcmgenet_mii_reset() from bcmgenet_mii_probe(), but this is
too late, the PHY is botched, and causes the above bogus pings/packets
transmission/reception to occur
Reported-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FEC receive accelerator (RACC) supports shifting the data payload of
received packets by 16-bits, which aligns the payload (IP header) on a
4-byte boundary, which is, if not required, at least strongly suggested
by the Linux networking layer.
Without this patch, a huge number of alignment faults will be taken by the
IP stack, as seen in /proc/cpu/alignment:
~/$ cat /proc/cpu/alignment
User: 0
System: 72645 (inet_gro_receive+0x104/0x27c)
Skipped: 0
Half: 0
Word: 0
DWord: 0
Multi: 72645
User faults: 3 (fixup+warn)
This patch was suggested by Andrew Lunn in this message to linux-netdev:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-arm-kernel&m=147465452108384&w=2
and adapted from a patch by Russell King from 2014:
http://git.arm.linux.org.uk/cgit/linux-arm.git/commit/?id=70d8a8a
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the i.MX27 reference manual, this SoC does not have support
for the receive accelerator (RACC) register at offset 0x1C4.
http://cache.nxp.com/files/32bit/doc/ref_manual/MCIMX27RM.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the i.MX25 reference manual, this SoC does not have support
for the receive accelerator (RACC) register at offset 0x1C4.
http://www.nxp.com/files/dsp/doc/ref_manual/IMX25RM.pdf
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we can have high order page allocations that specify
GFP_ATOMIC when configuring multicast MAC address filters.
For example, we have seen order 2 page allocation failures with
~500 multicast addresses configured.
Convert the allocation for the pending list to be done in PAGE_SIZE
increments.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we can have high order page allocations that specify
GFP_ATOMIC when configuring multicast MAC address filters.
For example, we have seen order 2 page allocation failures with
~500 multicast addresses configured.
Convert the allocation for 'mcast_list' to be done in PAGE_SIZE
increments.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I stumbled over a new warning during randconfig testing,
with CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL disabled:
drivers/net/ethernet/netronome/nfp/nfp_net_offload.c: In function 'nfp_net_bpf_offload':
drivers/net/ethernet/netronome/nfp/nfp_net_offload.c:263:3: error: '*((void *)&res+4)' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/netronome/nfp/nfp_net_offload.c:263:3: error: 'res.n_instr' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
As far as I can tell, this is a false positive caused by the compiler
getting confused about a function that is partially inlined, but it's
easy to avoid while improving the code:
The nfp_bpf_jit() stub helper for that configuration is unusual as it
is defined in a header file but not marked 'static inline'. By moving
the compile-time check into the caller using the IS_ENABLED() macro,
we can remove that stub and simplify the nfp_net_bpf_offload_prepare()
function enough to unconfuse the compiler.
Fixes: 7533fdc0f7 ("nfp: bpf: add hardware bpf offload")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmgenet.c:2763:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'bcmgenet_hfb_add_filter' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is implemented in
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmgenet.c, but be called
by no one, thus can be removed.
So this patch removes the unused functions.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 10 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_main.c:304:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'cxgb4_dcb_enabled' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:194:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'setup_sge_queues_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:241:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'free_sge_queues_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:268:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'cfg_queues_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:344:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'free_queues_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:353:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'request_msix_queue_irqs_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:379:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'free_msix_queue_irqs_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:393:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'name_msix_vecs_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:433:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'enable_rx_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_uld.c:442:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'quiesce_rx_uld' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 2 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:639:27: warning: no previous prototype for 'mvneta_get_stats64' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:3529:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'mvneta_ethtool_set_link_ksettings' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these two functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hip04_eth.c:603:22: warning: no previous prototype for 'tx_done' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks this function with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 2 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hisi_femac.c:943:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'hisi_femac_drv_suspend' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hisi_femac.c:960:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'hisi_femac_drv_resume' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these two functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c:47:25: warning:
symbol 'be_err_recovery_workq' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c:63:25: warning:
symbol 'be_wq' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This aligns smc91x with its cousin, namely smc911x.c.
This also allows the driver to run also in a device-tree based lubbock
board build, on which it was tested.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iq is unsigned, so the error check for iq < 0 has no effect so errors
can slip past this check. Fix this by making iq signed and also
get_filter_steerq return a signed int so a -ve error can be returned.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit a75e8005d5 ("i40e: queue-specific settings for interrupt
moderation") the i40e driver gained support for setting interrupt
moderation values per queue. This patch adds support for this feature
to the i40evf driver as well. In addition, a few changes are made to
the i40e implementation to add function header documentation comments,
as well.
This behaves in a similar fashion to the implementation in i40e. Thus,
requesting the moderation value when no queue is provided will report
queue 0 value, while setting the value without a queue will set all
queues at once.
Change-ID: I1f310a57c8e6c84a8524c178d44d1b7a6d3a848e
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some rare cases, we might get a VSI with no queues. In this case, we
cannot configure RSS on this VSI as it will try to divide by zero when
configuring the lookup table.
Change-ID: I6ae173a7dd3481a081e079eb10eb80275de2adb0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This interface was only ever meant for debug only. Since it is not
supposed to be here we are removing it.
Change-ID: Id771a1e5e7d3e2b4b7f56591b61fb48c921e1d04
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In an effort to improve code readability I am splitting the Flow Director
filter configuration out into a separate function like we have done for the
standard xmit path. The general idea is to provide a single block of code
that translates the flow specification into a proper Flow Director
descriptor.
Change-ID: Id355ad8030c4e6c72c57504fa09de60c976a8ffe
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a txring_txq function which allows us to convert a
i40e_ring/i40evf_ring to a netdev_tx_queue structure. This way we
can avoid having to make a multi-line function call for all the spots
that need access to this.
Change-ID: Ic063b71d8b92ea406d2c32e798c8e2b02809d65b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Tx cleanup flow was incorrectly assuming it could check for the flow
director bits after it had unmapped the buffer. However in this case it
results in us trying to free a raw_buf as though it is an sk_buff.
To fix this I am moving up the flag test for the FD_SB bit so that when
find a non-NULL skb or raw_buf value we then check the flag and use the
appropriate call to free the buffer.
Change-ID: I6284034ba1ea87c9922e56f6eb3181f7f09bddde
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All of the code to support adaptive interrupt throttling is already in
the interrupt handler, it just needs to be enabled. Fill out the data
structures properly to make it happen. Single-flow traffic tests may
show slightly lower throughput, but interrupts per second will drop by
about 75%.
Change-ID: I9cd7d42c025b906bf1bb85c6aeb6112684aa6471
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch increases minimum number of allocated VSIs, so as to resolve
failure adding VSI for VF when 64-VFs assigned to a PF. The driver
supports up to 128 VFs per device, users can decide to enable up to
64-VFs on a single PF, especially 2 X 40 devices. In that scenario, with
VMDq co-existence, there would be starvation of VSIs - with this patch,
supported features would have enough VSIs for configuration now.
Change-ID: If084f4cd823667af8fe7fdc11489c705b32039d5
Signed-off-by: Akeem Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The return value from i40e_shutdown_adminq() is always 0
(I40E_SUCCESS). So, the test for non-0 will never be true. Cleanup
by removing the test and debug print statement.
Change-ID: Ie51e8e37515c3e3a6a9ff26fa951d0e5e24343c1
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In i40e_fdir_check_and_reenable(), the driver performs some checks to
determine whether it is safe to re-enable FD Sideband and FD ATR
support. The current check will only determine if there is available
space in the flow director table. However, this ignores the fact that
ATR should be disabled when there are TCP/IPv4 sideband rules in effect.
Add the missing check, and update the info message printed when
I40E_DEBUG_FD is enabled.
Change-ID: Ibb9c63e5be95d63c53a498fdd5dbf69f54a00e08
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some locations that disable ATR accidentally used the "full" disable by
disabling the flag in the standard flags field. This incorrectly forces
ATR off permanently instead of temporarily disabling it. In addition,
some code locations accidentally set the ATR flag enabled when they only
meant to clear the auto_disable_flags. This results in ignoring the
user's ethtool private flag settings.
Additionally, when disabling ATR via ethtool, we did not perform a flush
of the FD table. This results in the previously assigned ATR rules still
functioning which was not expected.
Cleanup all these areas so that automatic disable uses only the
auto_disable_flag. Fix the flush code so that we can trigger a flush
even when we've disabled ATR and SB support, as otherwise the flush
doesn't work. Fix ethtool setting to actually request a flush. Fix
NETIF_F_NTUPLE flag to only clear the auto_disable setting and not
enable the full feature.
Change-ID: Ib2486111f8031bd16943e9308757b276305c03b5
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add ENCAP_CSUM offload negotiation flag. Currently VF assumes checksum
offload for encapsulated packets is supported by default. Going forward,
this feature needs to be negotiated with PF before advertising to the
stack. Hence, we need a flag to control it.
This is in regards to prepping up for VF base mode functionality support.
Change-ID: Iaab1f25cc0abda5f2fbe3309092640f0e77d163e
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which deleting a mac filter does not actually
occur. The driver reports that the filter has been deleted with no
error. The problem occurs because the wrong cmd_flag is passed to the
firmware when deleting the filter. The firmware reports an error back
to the driver but it is expressly ignored.
This fixes the bug by using the correct flag when deleting a filter.
Without this patch, deleted filters remain in firmware and function as
if they had not been deleted.
Change-ID: I5f22b874f3b83f457702f18f0d5602ca21ac40c3
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem where driver shows 100 Mbps as a supported speed,
and allows it to be configured for advertising on X722 devices. This patch
fixes the problem by not setting the 100 Mbps SGMII flag for X722 devices.
Without this patch, the user incorrectly thinks that 100 Mbps is supported
and hence might try to advertise it on X722 devices when it is actually not
a supported speed.
Change-ID: I8c3d7c4251a9402d98994ed29749b7b895a0f205
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a regression caused by previous commit
when irq name exceeds 20 byte array if interface's name
size is large.
Fixes: e412621394 ("net: thunderx: Use netdev's name for naming VF's interrupts")
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an earlier check and return if err is non-zero, so
the check to see if it is zero is redundant in every iteration
of the loop and hence the check can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-09-23
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Emil provides several changes, first simplifies the logic for setting VLAN
filtering by checking the VMDQ flag and the old 82598 MAC, instead of
having to maintain a list of MAC types. Then made two functions static
that are used only within the file, a by-product is sparse is now happy.
Added spinlocks to make sure that the MTU configuration is handled
properly. Fixed an issue where when SR-IOV is enabled while the
ixgbevf driver is loaded would result in all mailbox requests being
rejected by ixgbe, so call ixgbe_sriov_reinit() before pci_enable_sriov()
to ensure mailbox requests are properly handled.
Mark resolves a NULL pointer issue by simply setting the read and write
*_ref_mdi pointers for x550em_a devices. Then clearly indicates within
ethtool that all MACs support pause frames and made sure that the
advertising is set to the requested mode. Fixed an issue where
MDIO_PRTAD_NONE was not being used consistently to indicate no PHY
address.
Alex fixes an issue, where the support for multiple queues when SR-IOV
is enabled was added but the support was not reported. With that, fix
an issue where the hardware redirection table could support more queues
then the PF currently has when SR-IOV is enabled, so use the RSS mask to
trim off the bits that are not used. Lastly, instead of limiting the
VFs if we do not use 4 queues for RSS in the PF, we can instead just limit
the RSS queues used to a power of 2. We can now support use cases where
VFs are using more queues than the PF is currently using and can support
RSS if so desired.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-09-22
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Sridhar fixes link state event handling by updating the carrier and
starts/stops the Tx queues based on the link state notification from PF.
Brady fixes an issue where a user defined RSS hash key was not being
set because a user defined indirection table is not supplied when changing
the hash key, so if an indirection table is not supplied now, then a
default one is created and the hash key is correctly set. Also fixed
an issue where when NPAR was enabled, we were still using pf->mac_seid
to perform the dump port query. Instead, go through the VSI to determine
the correct ID to use in either case.
Mitch provides one fix where a conditional return code was reversed, so
he does a "switheroo" to fix the issue.
Carolyn has two fixes, first fixes an issue in the virt channel code,
where a return code was not checked for NULL when applicable. Second,
fixes an issue where we were byte swapping the port parameter, then
byte swapping it again in function execution.
Colin Ian King fixes a potential NULL pointer dereference.
Bimmy changes up i40evf_up_complete() to be void since it always returns
success anyways, which allows cleaning up of code which checked the
return code from this function.
Alex fixed an issue where the driver was incorrectly assuming that we
would always be pulling no more than 1 descriptor from each fragment.
So to correct this, we just need to make certain to test all the way to
the end of the fragments as it is possible for us to span 2 descriptors
in the block before us so we need to guarantee that even the last 6
descriptors have enough data to fill a full frame.
v2: dropped patches 1-3, 10 and 12 from the original series since Or
Gerlitz pointed out several areas of improvement in the implementation
of the VF Port representor netdev. Sridhar is re-working the series
for later submission.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the vf to VST 802.1ad mode (mlx4 VST QinQ mode) by setting vf vlan
protocol to 802.1ad.
VST 802.1ad mode in mlx4, is used for STAG strip/insertion by PF, while
the CTAG is set by the VF.
Read current vlan protocol as part of the vf configuration state.
Upon setting vf vlan protocol to 802.1ad, we use a mechanism of handshake
to verify that both the vf and the pf driver version support it.
The handshake uses the command QUERY_FUNC_CAP:
- The vf sets a pre-defined support bit in input modifier.
- A pf that supports the feature sends the request to the vf through a
pre-defined field in the output mailbox.
- In case vf does not support the feature, the pf will fail the control
command (in this case, IP link tool command to set the vf vlan
protocol to 802.1ad).
No change in VST 802.1Q mode.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new rtnl UAPI that exposes a list of vlans per VF, giving
the ability for user-space application to specify it for the VF, as an
option to support 802.1ad.
We adjusted IP Link tool to support this option.
For future use cases, the new UAPI supports multiple vlans. For now we
limit the list size to a single vlan in kernel.
Add IFLA_VF_VLAN_LIST in addition to IFLA_VF_VLAN to keep backward
compatibility with older versions of IP Link tool.
Add a vlan protocol parameter to the ndo_set_vf_vlan callback.
We kept 802.1Q as the drivers' default vlan protocol.
Suitable ip link tool command examples:
Set vf vlan protocol 802.1ad:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1ad
Set vf to VST (802.1Q) mode:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1Q
Or by omitting the new parameter
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Ethernet VF, disable vlan HW acceleration on VF
while it is set to VF vlan protocol 802.1ad mode.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check device capability to support VF vlan protocol 802.1ad mode.
Add vport attribute vlan protocol.
Init vport vlan protocol by default to 802.1Q.
Add update QP support for VF vlan protocol 802.1ad.
Add func capability vlan_offload_disable to disable all
vlan HW acceleration on VF while the VF is set to VF vlan protocol
802.1ad mode.
No change in VF vlan protocol 802.1Q (VST) mode.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate QUERY_FUNC_CAP flags0 from QUERY_FUNC_CAP flags, as 'flags' is
already used for another set of flags in FUNC CAP, while phv bit should be
part of a different set of flags.
Remove QUERY_FUNC_CAP port_flags field, as it is not in use.
Fixes: 77fc29c4bb ('net/mlx4_core: Preparations for 802.1ad VLAN support')
Fixes: 5cc914f108 ('mlx4_core: Added FW commands and their wrappers for supporting SRIOV')
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current driver programs static value of MSS in hardware register for TSO
offload engine to segment the TCP payload regardless the MSS value
provided by network stack.
This patch fixes this by programming hardware registers with the
stack provided MSS value.
Since the hardware has the limitation of having only 4 MSS registers,
this patch uses reference count of mss values being used.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change predecrement compare to post decrement compare to avoid an
unsigned integer wrap-around comparison when decrementing idx in
the while loop.
For example, when idx is zero, the current situation will
predecrement idx in the while loop, wrapping idx to the maximum
signed integer and cause out of bounds reads on rxq_info->msix_tbl[idx].
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance the parsing of offloaded TC rules matches to handle vlans.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse TC vlan actions and set the required elements to allow offloading.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many virtualization systems use a policy under which a vlan tag is
pushed to packets sent by guests, and popped before the packet is
forwarded to the VM.
The current generation of the mlx5 HW doesn't fully support that on
a per flow level. As such, we are addressing the above common use
case with the SRIOV e-Switch abilities to push vlan into packets
sent by VFs and pop vlan from packets forwarded to VFs.
The HW can match on the correct vlan being present in packets
forwarded to VFs (eSwitch steering is done before stripping
the tag), so this part is offloaded as is.
A common practice for vlans is to avoid both push vlan and pop vlan
for inter-host VM/VM (east-west) communication because in this case,
push on egress cancels out with pop on ingress.
For supporting that, we use a global eswitch vlan pop policy, hence
allowing guest A to communicate with both remote VM B and local VM C.
This works since the HW pops the vlan only if it exists (e.g for
C --> A packets but not for B --> A packets).
On the slow path, when a VF vport has an offloaded flow which involves
pushing vlans, wheres another flow is not currently offloaded, the
packets from the 2nd flow seen by the VF representor on the host have
vlan. The VF rep driver removes such vlan before calling into the host
networking stack.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor the relevant code into a static inline helper (skb_from_cqe)
doing that.
Move the call to napi_gro_receive to be carried out just
after mlx5e_complete_rx_cqe returns.
Both changes are to be used for the VF representor as well
in the next commit.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Put the representors related to the source and dest vports and the
action in struct mlx5_esw_flow_attr which is used while setting the FDB rule.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HW can be programmed to push vlan, pop vlan or both.
A factorization step towards using the push/pop capabilties in the
eswitch offloads mode. This patch doesn't add new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The structure we use for the eswitch vport representor (mlx5_eswitch_rep)
has some fields which are set from upper layers in the driver when they
register the rep. Use explicit setting on registration time for them and
avoid global memcpy. This patch doesn't add new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the vport value in the PF entry to be that of the uplink so
we can use it blindly over the tc / eswitch offload code without
translating it each time we deal with the uplink representor.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a NULL check before calling asynchronous MCDI completion functions
during device removal.
Fixes: 7014d7f6 ("sfc: allow asynchronous MCDI without completion function")
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enabling SRIOV while the ixgbevf driver is loaded will result in all
mailbox requests from ixgbevf_open() being rejected by ixgbe because
adapter->clear_to_send is set to false on reset.
Call ixgbe_sriov_reinit() before pci_enable_sriov() to make sure that
mailbox requests are handled from the time ixgbevf is loaded.
Reported-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of limiting the VFs if we don't use 4 queues for RSS in the PF we
can instead just limit the RSS queues used to a power of 2. By doing this
we can support use cases where VFs are using more queues than the PF is
currently using and can support RSS if so desired.
The only limitation on this is that we cannot support 3 queues of RSS in
the PF or VF. In either of these cases we should fall back to 2 queues in
order to be able to use the power of 2 masking provided by the psrtype
register.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware redirection table can support more queues then the PF
currently has when SR-IOV is enabled. In order to account for this use the
RSS mask to trim of the bits that are not used.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The maximum queue count reported was 1, however support for multiple queues
with SR-IOV was added some time ago so we should report support for it to
the user so that they can select multiple queues if they so desire.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The value MDIO_PRTAD_NONE should be used to indicate no PHY address.
Not 0, not 0xFFFF. Use the MDIO_PRTAD_NONE value consistently.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Protect set_rlpml with mailbox lock to make sure the MTU configuration
is handled properly.
This change resolves an issue where set_rlpml can fail when the VF
interface is brought up:
ixgbevf 0000:03:1d.6: Failed to set MTU at 1500
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All the MACs supported by ixgbe support pause frames, so indicate
that support in ethtool. Also set advertising according to requested
mode.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set the read_reg_mdi and write_reg_mdi method pointers for
X550EM_A_10G_T devices to resolve jumping to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These functions are only used in ixgbe_x550.c.
Fixes a warning when compiling with -Wmissing-prototypes
Reported-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Simplify the logic for setting VLNCTRL.VFE by checking the VMDQ flag
and 82598 MAC instead of having to maintain a list of MAC types.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_shutdown_adminq function never returns failure. There is no need to
check the non-0 return value. Clean up the unnecessary error checking and
warning against it.
Change-ID: Ibb616f09cfb93bd1a872ebf3241a15fb8354b31b
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver was incorrectly assuming that we would always be pulling
no more than 1 descriptor from each fragment. It is in fact possible for
us to end up with the case where 2 descriptors worth of data may be pulled
when a frame is larger than one of the pieces generated when aligning the
payload to either 4K or pieces smaller than 16K.
To adjust for this we just need to make certain to test all the way to the
end of the fragments as it is possible for us to span 2 descriptors in the
block before us so we need to guarantee that even the last 6 descriptors
have enough data to fill a full frame.
Change-ID: Ic2ecb4d6b745f447d334e66c14002152f50e2f99
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Function i40evf_up_complete() always returns success. Changed this to a
void type and removed the code that checks the return status and prints
an error message.
Change-ID: I8c400f174786b9c855f679e470f35af292fb50ad
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently disabling the link state from PF via
ip link set enp5s0f0 vf 0 state disable
doesn't disable the CARRIER on the VF.
This patch updates the carrier and starts/stops the tx queues based on the
link state notification from PF.
PF: enp5s0f0, VF: enp5s2
#modprobe i40e
#echo 2 > /sys/class/net/enp5s0f0/device/sriov_numvfs
#ip link set enp5s2 up
#ip -d link show enp5s2
175: enp5s2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ea:4d:60:bc:6f:85 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64
#ip link set enp5s0f0 vf 0 state disable
#ip -d link show enp5s0f0
171: enp5s0f0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 68:05:ca:2e:72:68 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64 numtxqueues 72 numrxqueues 72 portid 6805ca2e7268
vf 0 MAC 00:00:00:00:00:00, spoof checking on, link-state disable, trust off
vf 1 MAC 00:00:00:00:00:00, spoof checking on, link-state auto, trust off
#ip -d link show enp5s2
175: enp5s2: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ea:4d:60:bc:6f:85 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64 numtxqueues 16 numrxqueues 16
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is a sanitcy check for desc being null in the first line of
function i40evf_debug_aq. However, before that, aq_desc is cast from
desc, and aq_desc is being dereferenced on the assignment of len, so
this could be a potential null pointer deference. Fix this by moving
the initialization of len to the code block where len is being used
and hence at this point we know it is OK to dereference aq_desc.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue where we were byte swapping the port
parameter, then byte swapping it again in function execution.
Obviously, that's unnecessary, so take it out of the function calls.
Without this patch, the udp based tunnel configuration would
not be correct.
Change-ID: I788d83c5bd5732170f1a81dbfa0b1ac3ca8ea5b7
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue in the virt channel code, where a return
from i40e_find_vsi_from_id was not checked for NULL when applicable.
Without this patch, there is a risk for panic and static analysis
tools complain. This patch fixes the problem by adding the check
and adding an additional input check for similar reasons.
Change-ID: I7e9be88eb7a3addb50eadc451c8336d9e06f5394
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This conditional is backward, so the driver responds back to the VF with
the wrong opcode. Do the old switcheroo to fix this.
Change-ID: I384035b0fef8a3881c176de4b4672009b3400b25
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When using the debugfs to issue the "dump port" command
with NPAR enabled, the firmware reports back with invalid argument.
The issue occurs because the pf->mac_seid was used to perform the query.
This is fine when NPAR is disabled because the switch ID == pf->mac_seid,
however this is not the case when NPAR is enabled. This fix instead
goes through the VSI to determine the correct ID to use in either case.
Change-ID: I0cd67913a7f2c4a2962e06d39e32e7447cc55b6a
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously, when using ethtool to change the RSS hash key, ethtool would
report back saying the old key was still being used and no error was
reported. It was unclear whether it was being reported incorrectly or
being set incorrectly. Debugging revealed 'i40e_set_rxfh()' returned
zero immediately instead of setting the key because a user defined
indirection table is not supplied when changing the hash key.
This fix instead changes it such that if an indirection table is not
supplied, then a default one is created and the hash key is now
correctly set.
Change-ID: Iddb621897ecf208650272b7ee46702cad7b69a71
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Potential dangerous invalid pointer might be accessed if
the error happens when couple phy_device to net_device so
cleanup the error path.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) use new api [get|set]_link_ksettings instead
of [get|set]_settings old ones.
2) dev->phydev is sure being ready before calling
these callbacks, so removing all the sanity check
if it is existing.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove the unused variable for parsing PHY address
and the related logic for sanity test which would
be all already handled done when of_mdiobus_register
was called
Reported-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reuse phydev already in struct net_device instead of creating
another new one in private structure.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing dynamically source clock, TX/RX delay and interface mode
used by TRGMII hardware module inside PHY capability polling routine
for adapting to the various speed of RGMII used by external PHY for
GMAC0.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
adds PHY-mode "trgmii" as an extension for the operation
mode of the PHY interface for PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_TRGMII.
and adds a variable trgmii inside mtk_mac as the indication
to make the difference between the MAC connected to internal
switch or connected to external PHY by the given configuration
on the board and then to perform the corresponding setup on
TRGMII hardware module.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PHYSTS_CHG (the ftgmac100's PHY IRQ) is telling the system to go
look at the PHY registers for a link status change.
The interrupt was causing issues on Aspeed SoC where some board designs
had an active high configuration, some active low, and in some cases
repurposed for other functions. When misconfigured Linux would chew 100%
of CPU cycles servicing interrupts:
[ 20.280000] ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: [ISR] = 0x200: PHYSTS_CHG
[ 20.280000] ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: [ISR] = 0x200: PHYSTS_CHG
[ 20.280000] ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: [ISR] = 0x200: PHYSTS_CHG
[ 20.300000] ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: [ISR] = 0x200: PHYSTS_CHG
While in the ftgmac100 IP can be configured for high, low and edge
sensitivity the current driver always polls the PHY, so we chose to mask
out the interrupt.
See https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/672099/ for more discussion.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Aspeed SoCs have a new MDIO interface as an option in the G4 and G5
SoCs. The old one is still available, so select it in order to remain
compatible with the ftgmac100 driver.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is stale interrupt (PHYSTS_CHG in ISR, bit#6 in 0x0) from
the bootloader (uboot) when enabling the MAC. The stale interrupts
aren't part of kernel and should be cleared.
This clears the stale interrupts in ISR (0x0) when enabling the MAC.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RXDES and TXDES registers bits in the ftgmac100 indicates EDO{R,T}R
at bit position 15 for the Faraday Tech IP. However, the version of this
IP present in the Aspeed SoCs has these bits at position 30 in the
registers.
It appers that ast2400 SoCs support both positions, with the 15th bit
marked as reserved but still functional. In the ast2500 this bit is
reused for another function, so we need a work around.
This was confirmed with engineers from Aspeed that using bit 30 is
correct for both the ast2400 and ast2500 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These bits are #defined at a fixed location. In order to support future
hardware that has chosen to move these bits around move the bits into a
member of the struct ftgmac100.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ftgmac100 hardware revision in e.g. the Aspeed AST2500 no longer
reserves all bits in RXDES#2 but instead uses the bottom 16 bits to
store MAC frame metadata. Avoid corruption by shifting struct page
pointers out to their own member in struct ftgmac100.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove an open coded simple_open() function and replace file
operations references to the function with simple_open()
instead.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/simple_open.cocci
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we rang XDP SQ doorbell on every forwarded XDP packet.
Here we introduce a xmit more like mechanism that will queue up more
than one packet into SQ (up to RX napi budget) w/o notifying the hardware.
Once RX napi budget is consumed and we exit napi RX loop, we will
flush (doorbell) all XDP looped packets in case there are such.
XDP forward packet rate:
Comparing XDP with and w/o xmit more (bulk transmit):
RX Cores XDP TX XDP TX (xmit more)
---------------------------------------------------
1 6.5Mpps 12.4Mpps
2 13.2Mpps 24.2Mpps
4 25.2Mpps 36.3Mpps*
8 36.3Mpps* 36.3Mpps*
*My xmitter was limited to 36.3Mpps, so it is the bottleneck.
It seems that receive side can handle more.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for XDP_TX forwarding from xdp program.
Using XDP, now user can loop packets out of the same port.
We create a dedicated TX SQ for each channel that will serve
XDP programs that return XDP_TX action to loop packets back to
the wire directly from the channel RQ RX path.
For that RX pages will now need to be mapped bi-directionally,
and on XDP_TX action we will sync the page back to device then
queue it into SQ for transmission. The XDP xmit frame function will
report back to the RX path if the page was consumed (transmitted), if so,
RX path will forget about that page as if it were released to the stack.
Later on, on XDP TX completion, the page will be released back to the
page cache.
For simplicity this patch will hit a doorbell on every XDP TX packet.
Next patch will introduce a xmit more like mechanism that will
queue up more than one packet into SQ w/o notifying the hardware,
once RX napi loop is done we will hit doorbell once for all XDP TX
packets form the previous loop. This should drastically improve
XDP TX performance.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make a clear separate between Regular SQ (TXQ) and ICO SQ creation,
destruction and union their mutual information structures.
Don't allocate redundant TXQ skb/wqe_info/dma_fifo arrays for ICO SQ.
And have a different SQ edge for ICO SQ than TXQ SQ, to be more
accurate.
In preparation for XDP TX support.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the BPF_PROG_TYPE_PHYS_DEV hook in mlx5e driver.
When XDP is on we make sure to change channels RQs type to
MLX5_WQ_TYPE_LINKED_LIST rather than "striding RQ" type to
ensure "page per packet".
On XDP set, we fail if HW LRO is set and request from user to turn it
off. Since on ConnectX4-LX HW LRO is always on by default, this will be
annoying, but we prefer not to enforce LRO off from XDP set function.
Full channels reset (close/open) is required only when setting XDP
on/off.
When XDP set is called just to exchange programs, we will update
each RQ xdp program on the fly and for synchronization with current
data path RX activity of that RQ, we temporally disable that RQ and
ensure RX path is not running, quickly update and re-enable that RQ,
for that we do:
- rq.state = disabled
- napi_synnchronize
- xchg(rq->xdp_prg)
- rq.state = enabled
- napi_schedule // Just in case we've missed an IRQ
Packet rate performance testing was done with pktgen 64B packets and on
TX side and, TC drop action on RX side compared to XDP fast drop.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
Comparison is done between:
1. Baseline, Before this patch with TC drop action
2. This patch with TC drop action
3. This patch with XDP RX fast drop
RX Cores Baseline(TC drop) TC drop XDP fast Drop
--------------------------------------------------------------
1 5.3Mpps 5.3Mpps 16.5Mpps
2 10.2Mpps 10.2Mpps 31.3Mpps
4 20.5Mpps 19.9Mpps 36.3Mpps*
*My xmitter was limited to 36.3Mpps, so it is the bottleneck.
It seems that receive side can handle more.
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two helper functions to allow dynamic changes of RQ type.
mlx5e_set_rq_priv_params and mlx5e_set_rq_type_params will be
used on netdev creation to determine the default RQ type.
This will be needed later for downstream patches of XDP support.
When enabling XDP we will dynamically move from striding RQ to
linked list RQ type.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch LRO size was 64K, now with build_skb requires
extra room, headroom + sizeof(skb_shared_info) added to the data
buffer will make wqe size or page_frag_size slightly larger than
64K which will demand order 5 page instead of order 4 in 4K page systems.
We take those extra bytes from hardware LRO data size in order to not
increase the required page order for when hardware LRO is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have two types of RX RQs, and they use two separate sets of
info arrays and structures in RX data path function. Today those
structures are mutually exclusive per RQ type, hence one kind is
allocated on RQ creation according to the RQ type.
For better cache locality and to minimalize the
sizeof(struct mlx5e_rq), in this patch we define them as a union.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For non-striding RQ configuration before this patch we had a ring
with pre-allocated SKBs and mapped the SKB->data buffers for
device.
For robustness and better RX data buffers management, we allocate a
page per packet and build_skb around it.
This patch (which is a prerequisite for XDP) will actually reduce
performance for normal stack usage, because we are now hitting a bottleneck
in the page allocator. We use the page-cache to restore or even improve
performance in comparison to the old RX scheme.
Packet rate performance testing was done with pktgen 64B packets on xmit
side and TC ingress dropping action on RX side.
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
Comparison is done between:
1.Baseline, before 'net/mlx5e: Build RX SKB on demand'
2.Build SKB with RX page cache (This patch)
RX Cores Baseline Build SKB+page-cache Improvement
-----------------------------------------------------------
1 4.16Mpps 5.33Mpps 28%
2 7.16Mpps 10.24Mpps 43%
4 13.61Mpps 20.51Mpps 51%
8 25.32Mpps 32.00Mpps 26%
All respective cores were 100% utilized.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers must be ready to accept NULL from ptp_clock_register() if the
PTP clock subsystem is configured out.
This patch documents that and ensures that all drivers cope well
with a NULL return.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add the missing commits about
1)
Commit d3bd1ce4db
("remove redundant free_irq for devm_request_ir allocated irq")
2)
Commit 7c6b0d76fa
("fix logic unbalance between probe and remove")
during merge for conflicts overlapping commits by
Commit b20b378d49
("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net")
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans devlink resources by calling devlink_port_unregister()
to avoid the following issues:
- Kernel panic when triggering reset flow.
- Memory leak due to unfreed resources in mlx4_init_port_info().
Fixes: 09d4d087cd ("mlx4: Implement devlink interface")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for dropping matched packets in hardware. Also add support
for re-directing matched packets to a specified port in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for offloading u32 filter onto hardware. Links are stored
in a jump table to perform necessary jumps to match TCP/UDP header.
When inserting rules in the linked bucket, the TCP/UDP match fields
in the corresponding entry of the jump table are appended to the filter
rule before insertion. If a link is deleted, then all corresponding
filters associated with the link are also deleted. Also enable
hardware tc offload as a supported feature.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse information sent by u32 into internal filter specification.
Add support for parsing several fields in IPv4, IPv6, TCP, and UDP.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable filters for non-offload configuration and add common api support
for setting and deleting filters in LE-TCAM region of the hardware.
IPv4 filters occupy one slot. IPv6 filters occupy 4 slots and must
be on a 4-slot boundary. IPv4 filters can not occupy a slot belonging
to IPv6 and the vice-versa is also true.
Filters are set and deleted asynchronously. Use completion to wait
for reply from firmware in order to allow for synchronization if needed.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move common filter code to separate files. Also fix the following
checkpatch checks.
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!f->l2t"
+ if (f->l2t == NULL) {
CHECK: spaces preferred around that '/' (ctx:VxV)
+ fwr->len16_pkd = htonl(FW_WR_LEN16_V(sizeof(*fwr)/16));
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When switching from polling-based fw commands to event-based fw
commands, there is a race condition which could cause a fw command
in another task to hang: that task will keep waiting for the polling
sempahore, but may never be able to acquire it. This is due to
mlx4_cmd_use_events, which "down"s the sempahore back to 0.
During driver initialization, this is not a problem, since no other
tasks which invoke FW commands are active.
However, there is a problem if the driver switches to polling mode
and then back to event mode during normal operation.
The "test_interrupts" feature does exactly that.
Running "ethtool -t <eth device> offline" causes the PF driver to
temporarily switch to polling mode, and then back to event mode.
(Note that for VF drivers, such switching is not performed).
Fix this by adding a read-write semaphore for protection when
switching between modes.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Radix tree lookup can be performed without locking.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagi@grimberg.me>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tabs instead of spaces before if statement, no functional change.
Fixes: e7c1c2c462 ("mlx4_en: Added self diagnostics test implementation")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add likely/unlikely hints to improve branch predictions
in the RX data-path.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add offload of TC in direct action mode. We just need
to provide appropriate checks in the verifier and
a new outro block to translate the exit codes to what
data path expects
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Data path has redirect support so expressing redirect
to the port frame came from is a trivial matter of
setting the right result code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing ABI defines and eBPF instructions to allow
mark to be passed on and extend prepend parsing on the
RX path to pick it up from packet metadata.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Periodically poll stats and call into offloaded actions
to update them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add hardware bpf offload on our smart NICs. Detect if
capable firmware is loaded and use it to load the code JITed
with just added translator onto programmable engines.
This commit only supports offloading cls_bpf in legacy mode
(non-direct action).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add translator for JITing eBPF to operations which
can be executed on NFP's programmable engines.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace max rif const with using the result from resource query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the max number of rif (router interfaces) to resource query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add max system ports, max regions and max vlan groups to resource query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace max virtual routers const with the result from
the resource query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the max number of virtual routers to resource query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use resources from resource query to determine values for
the profile configuration.
Add KVD determined section sizes to the resources struct.
Change the profile struct and value to match this changes.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add KVD size, and minimum sizes for the single and double
sections resources to resources query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use max lag and max ports in lag resources as the result of resource query
instead of using const to save them.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add max lag and max ports in lag resources to resources query.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were missing check for 25G and 100G while checking port speed,
which lead to less number of queues getting allocated for 25G & 100G
adapters and leading to low throughput. Adding the missing check for
both NIC and vNIC driver.
Also fixes port advertisement for 25G and 100G in ethtool output.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offloads stats functions are local to this file, make them static.
Fixes: fc1bbb0f18 ('mlxsw: spectrum: Implement offload stats ndo [..]')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
data_src is unchanged inside the loop, so this patch moves
the assignment to outside the loop to avoid unnecessarily
assignment
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct drop handling for XDP_TX on TX failure, were recently added in
commit 95357907ae ("mlx4: fix XDP_TX is acting like XDP_PASS on TX
ring full").
The change missed an opportunity for recycling the RX page, instead of
going through the page allocator, like the regular XDP_DROP action does.
This patch cease the opportunity, by going through the XDP_DROP case.
Fixes: 95357907ae ("mlx4: fix XDP_TX is acting like XDP_PASS on TX ring full")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit fe56b9e6a8 ("qed: Add module with basic common support")
has introduced a stack corruption during probe, where filling a
local struct with data to be sent to management firmware is incorrectly
filled; The data is written outside of the struct and corrupts
the stack.
Changes from v1:
----------------
- Correct the value written [Caught by David Laight]
Fixes: fe56b9e6a8 ("qed: Add module with basic common support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum.c:251:28: warning: symbol
'mlxsw_sp_span_entry_find' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum.c:265:28: warning: symbol
'mlxsw_sp_span_entry_get' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum.c:367:56: warning: mixing
different enum types
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum.c:367:56: int enum
mlxsw_sp_span_type versus
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum.c:367:56: int enum
mlxsw_reg_mpar_i_e
...
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:598:32: warning:
mixing different enum types
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:598:32: int
enum mlxsw_reg_sbxx_dir versus
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:598:32: int
enum devlink_sb_pool_type
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:600:39: warning:
mixing different enum types
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:600:39: int
enum mlxsw_reg_sbpr_mode versus
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_buffers.c:600:39: int
enum devlink_sb_threshold_type
...
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:255:54: warning:
mixing different enum types
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:255:54: int
enum mlxsw_sp_l3proto versus
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:255:54: int
enum mlxsw_reg_ralxx_protocol
...
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw//spectrum_router.c:1749:6: warning:
symbol 'mlxsw_sp_fib_entry_put' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the RX hash function from XOR to CRC in order to have better
distribution of the traffic.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnxt_hwrm_fw_set_time() now returns -EOPNOTSUPP when built for kernel
without RTC_LIB. Setting the firmware time is not critical to the
successful completion of the firmware update process.
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <Rob.Swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
E-switch mode changes involve creating HW tables, potentially allocating
netdevices, etc, and things can fail. Add an attempt to rollback to the
existing mode when changing to the new mode fails. Only if rollback fails,
getting proper SRIOV functionality requires module unload or sriov
disablement/enablement.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enablement of the SRIOV e-switch in certain mode (switchdev or legacy)
fails, we must set the mode to none. Otherwise, we'll run into double free
based crashes when further attempting to deal with the e-switch (such
as when disabling sriov or unloading the driver).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FW command output length should be only the length of struct
mlx5_cmd_fc_bulk out field. Failing to do so will cause the memcpy
call which is invoked later in the driver to write over wrong memory
address and corrupt kernel memory which results in random crashes.
This bug was found using the kernel address sanitizer (kasan).
Fixes: a351a1b03b ('net/mlx5: Introduce bulk reading of flow counters')
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 2 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch_offloads.c:463:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'esw_offloads_init' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch_offloads.c:521:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'esw_offloads_cleanup' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, both functions are declared in
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch.c,but should be
declared in a header file, thus can be recognized in other file.
So this patch moves the declarations into
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/eswitch.h
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 4 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c:4368:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'be_calculate_pf_pool_rss_tables' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_cmds.c:4385:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'be_get_nic_pf_num_list' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_cmds.c:4537:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'be_reset_nic_desc' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_cmds.c:4910:5: warning: no previous prototype for '__be_cmd_set_logical_link_config' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VF link state can be changed via the 'ip link set' cmd.
Currently, the new link state does not take effect immediately.
The fix is for the PF to send a link change async event to the
designated VF after a VF link state change. This async event will
trigger the VF to update the link status.
Signed-off-by: Eddie Wai <eddie.wai@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Restart autoneg if autoneg is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Deepak Khungar <deepak.khungar@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware has a limitation that it won't pass host to BMC loopback
packets below 52-bytes.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After generating the random MAC address for VF, call the firmware to
approve it. This step serves 2 purposes. Some hypervisor (e.g. ESX)
wants to approve the MAC address. 2nd, the call will setup the
proper forwarding database in the internal switch.
We need to unlock the hwrm_cmd_lock mutex before calling bnxt_approve_mac().
We can do that because we are at the end of the function and all the
previous firmware response data has been copied.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Re-arrange the code so that the generation of the random MAC address for
the VF is at the end of the function. The next patch will add one more step
to call bnxt_approve_mac() to get the firmware to approve the random MAC
address.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing code is inconsistent in reporting and accepting the combined
channel count. bnxt_get_channels() reports maximum combined as the
maximum rx count. bnxt_set_channels() accepts combined count that
cannot be bigger than max rx or max tx.
For example, if max rx = 2 and max tx = 1, we report max supported
combined to be 2. But if the user tries to set combined to 2, it will
fail because 2 is bigger than max tx which is 1.
Fix the code to be consistent. Max allowed combined = max(max_rx, max_tx).
We will accept a combined channel count <= max(max_rx, max_tx).
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using Ethtool flashdev command, entire NVM package (*.pkg) files
may now be staged into the "update" area of the NVM and subsequently
verified and installed by the firmware using the newly introduced
command: NVM_INSTALL_UPDATE.
We also introduce use of the new firmware command FW_SET_TIME so that the
NVM-resident package installation log contains valid time-stamps.
Signed-off-by: Rob Swindell <Rob.Swindell@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove "Single-port/Dual-port" from the device names. Dual-port devices
will appear as 2 separate devices, so no need to call each a dual-port
device. Use a more generic name for VF devices belonging to the same
chip fanmily. Add some remaining NPAR device IDs.
Signed-off-by: David Christensen <david.christensen@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And remove redundant definitions of the same flags.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- media: update IR support for newer SoCs
- firmware: add secure monitor driver
- net: new stmmac glue driver
- usb: udd DWC2 support for meson-gxbb
- clocks: expose more clock IDs for use by DT
- DT binding updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=DlpW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'amlogic-drivers-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/khilman/linux-amlogic into next/late
Pull "Amlogic driver updates for v4.9, 2nd round" from Kevin Hilman:
- media: update IR support for newer SoCs
- firmware: add secure monitor driver
- net: new stmmac glue driver
- usb: udd DWC2 support for meson-gxbb
- clocks: expose more clock IDs for use by DT
- DT binding updates
* tag 'amlogic-drivers-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/khilman/linux-amlogic: (21 commits)
clk: gxbb: expose i2c clocks
clk: gxbb: expose USB clocks
clk: gxbb: expose spifc clock
clk: gxbb: expose MPLL2 clock for use by DT
Documentation: dt-bindings: Add documentation for the Meson USB2 PHYs
usb: dwc2: add support for Meson8b and GXBB SoCs
net: stmmac: update the module description of the dwmac-meson driver
net: stmmac: add a glue driver for the Amlogic Meson 8b / GXBB DWMAC
stmmac: introduce get_stmmac_bsp_priv() helper
net: dt-bindings: Document the new Meson8b and GXBB DWMAC bindings
clk: meson-gxbb: Export PWM related clocks for DT
meson: clk: Add support for clock gates
gxbb: clk: Adjust MESON_GATE macro to be shared with meson8b
clk: meson: Copy meson8b CLKID defines to private header file
meson: clk: Rename register names according to Amlogic datasheet
meson: clk: Move register definitions to meson8b.h
clk: meson: Rename meson8b-clkc.c to reflect gxbb naming convention
nvmem: amlogic: Add Amlogic Meson EFUSE driver
firmware: Amlogic: Add secure monitor driver
media: rc: meson-ir: Add support for newer versions of the IR decoder
...
Fix the retrn value check which testing the wrong variable
in cfg_queues_uld().
Fixes: 94cdb8bb99 ("cxgb4: Add support for dynamic allocation of
resources for ULD")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The codes add ethtool functions to set RX flows for HW LRO. Because the
HW LRO hardware can only recognize the destination IP of TCP/IP RX flows,
the ethtool command to add HW LRO flow is as below:
ethtool -N [devname] flow-type tcp4 dst-ip [ip_addr] loc [0~1]
Otherwise, cause the hardware can set total four destination IPs, each
GMAC (GMAC1/GMAC2) can set two IPs separately at most.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The codes add the large receive offload (LRO) functions by hardware as below:
1) PDMA has total four RX rings that one is the normal ring, and others can
be configured as LRO rings.
2) Only TCP/IP RX flows can be offloaded. The hardware can set four IP
addresses at most, if the destination IP of the RX flow matches one of
them, it has the chance to be offloaded.
3) There three RX flows can be offloaded at most, and one flow is mapped to
one RX ring.
4) If there are more than three candidate RX flows, the hardware can
choose three of them by throughput comparison results.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate resources dynamically to cxgb4's Upper layer driver's(ULD) like
cxgbit, iw_cxgb4 and cxgb4i. Allocate resources when they register with
cxgb4 driver and free them while unregistering. All the queues and the
interrupts for them will be allocated during ULD probe only and freed
during remove.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The XDP_TX action can fail transmitting the frame in case the TX ring
is full or port is down. In case of TX failure it should drop the
frame, and not as now call 'break' which is the same as XDP_PASS.
Fixes: 9ecc2d8617 ("net/mlx4_en: add xdp forwarding and data write support")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the default statistics ndo to return HW statistics
(like the one returned by ethtool_ops).
The HW stats are collected to a cache by delayed work every 1 sec.
Implement the offload stat ndo.
Add a function to get SW statistics, to be called from this function.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A couple of dev_err messages span two lines and the literal
string is missing a white space between words. Add the white
space and join the two lines into one.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: FLorian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MAC devices use the RWKPKTEN and MGKPKTEN bits of the PMT Control/Status
register to generate power management events.
So this patch is to properly set the RWKPKTEN [BIT(2)] inside the
PMT register (needed in case of global unicast).
Reported-by: Aditi SHARMA <aditi-hed.sharma@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 6e7333d "net: add rx_nohandler stat counter" added the new entry
rx_nohandler into struct rtnl_link_stats64. Unfortunately the bna
driver foolishly depends on the structure. It uses part of it for
ethtool statistics and it's not bad but the driver assumes its size
is constant as it defines string for each existing entry. The problem
occurs when the structure is extended because you need to modify bna
driver as well. If not any attempt to retrieve ethtool statistics results
in crash in bnad_get_strings().
The patch changes BNAD_ETHTOOL_STATS_NUM so it counts real number of
strings in the array and also removes rtnl_link_stats64 entries that
are not used in output and are always zero.
Fixes: 6e7333d "net: add rx_nohandler stat counter"
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ba5ca784 "bna: check for dma mapping errors" added besides other
things a statistic that counts number of DMA buffer mapping failures
per each Rx queue. This counter is not included in ethtool stats output.
Fixes: ba5ca784 "bna: check for dma mapping errors"
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for net_device_ops structures that are only stored in the netdev_ops
field of a net_device structure. This field is declared const, so
net_device_ops structures that have this property can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct net_device_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.netdev_ops = &i@p;
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok.p};
identifier r.i;
struct net_device_ops e;
@@
e@i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct net_device_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
The result of size on this file before the change is:
text data bss dec hex filename
21623 1316 40 22979 59c3
drivers/net/ethernet/synopsys/dwc_eth_qos.o
and after the change it is:
text data bss dec hex filename
22199 724 40 22963 59b3
drivers/net/ethernet/synopsys/dwc_eth_qos.o
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for net_device_ops structures that are only stored in the netdev_ops
field of a net_device structure. This field is declared const, so
net_device_ops structures that have this property can be declared as const
also.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct net_device_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device e;
position p;
@@
e.netdev_ops = &i@p;
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok.p};
identifier r.i;
struct net_device_ops e;
@@
e@i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct net_device_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
The result of size on this file before the change is:
text data bss dec hex filename
7995 848 8 8851 2293
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hip04_eth.o
and after the change it is:
text data bss dec hex filename
8571 256 8 8835 2283
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hip04_eth.o
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of reallocating and mapping pages for RX data-path,
recycle already used pages in a per ring cache.
Performance tests:
The following results were measured on a freshly booted system,
giving optimal baseline performance, as high-order pages are yet to
be fragmented and depleted.
We ran pktgen single-stream benchmarks, with iptables-raw-drop:
Single stride, 64 bytes:
* 4,739,057 - baseline
* 4,749,550 - order0 no cache
* 4,786,899 - order0 with cache
1% gain
Larger packets, no page cross, 1024 bytes:
* 3,982,361 - baseline
* 3,845,682 - order0 no cache
* 4,127,852 - order0 with cache
3.7% gain
Larger packets, every 3rd packet crosses a page, 1500 bytes:
* 3,731,189 - baseline
* 3,579,414 - order0 no cache
* 3,931,708 - order0 with cache
5.4% gain
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Manage the allocation and deallocation of mapped RX pages only
through dedicated API functions.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To improve the memory consumption scheme, we omit the flow that
demands and splits high-order pages in Striding RQ, and stay
with a single Striding RQ flow that uses order-0 pages.
Moving to fragmented memory allows the use of larger MPWQEs,
which reduces the number of UMR posts and filler CQEs.
Moving to a single flow allows several optimizations that improve
performance, especially in production servers where we would
anyway fallback to order-0 allocations:
- inline functions that were called via function pointers.
- improve the UMR post process.
This patch alone is expected to give a slight performance reduction.
However, the new memory scheme gives the possibility to use a page-cache
of a fair size, that doesn't inflate the memory footprint, which will
dramatically fix the reduction and even give a performance gain.
Performance tests:
The following results were measured on a freshly booted system,
giving optimal baseline performance, as high-order pages are yet to
be fragmented and depleted.
We ran pktgen single-stream benchmarks, with iptables-raw-drop:
Single stride, 64 bytes:
* 4,739,057 - baseline
* 4,749,550 - this patch
no reduction
Larger packets, no page cross, 1024 bytes:
* 3,982,361 - baseline
* 3,845,682 - this patch
3.5% reduction
Larger packets, every 3rd packet crosses a page, 1500 bytes:
* 3,731,189 - baseline
* 3,579,414 - this patch
4% reduction
Fixes: 461017cb00 ("net/mlx5e: Support RX multi-packet WQE (Striding RQ)")
Fixes: bc77b240b3 ("net/mlx5e: Add fragmented memory support for RX multi packet WQE")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 73725d9dfd ("nfp: allocate ring SW structs dynamically")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove .owner field if calls are used which set it automatically.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/platform_no_drv_owner.cocci
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver core clears the driver data to NULL after device_release
or on probe failure. Thus, it is not needed to manually clear the
device driver data to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
for preventing race conditions within ioctl calls.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add realization for mac address set and remove dummy callback.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device table is required to load modules based on
modaliases. After adding MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE, below entries
for example will be added to modules.alias:
alias of:N*T*Cmediatek,mt7623-ethC* mtk_eth_soc
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an error occurs in mlx4_init_eq_table the index used in the
err_out_unmap label is one too big which results in a panic in
mlx4_free_eq. This patch fixes the index in the error path.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add the protection of the race condition between
the reset process and hardware access happening
on the related callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct mtk_eth has already contained struct regmap ethsys pointer
to the address range of the internal circuit reset, so we reuse it
to reset more internal blocks on ethernet hardware such as packet
processing engine (PPE) and frame engine (FE) instead of rstc which
deals with FE only.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) original driver only resets DMA used by descriptor rings
which can't guarantee it can recover all various kinds of fatal
errors, so the patch tries to reset the underlying hardware
resource from scratch on Mediatek SoC required for ethernet
running, including power, pin mux control, clock and internal
circuits on the ethernet in order to restore into the initial
state which the rebooted machine gives.
2) add state variable inside structure mtk_eth to help distinguish
mtk_hw_init is called between the initialization during boot time
or re-initialization during the reset process.
3) add ge_mode variable inside structure mtk_mac for restoring
the interface mode of the current setup for the target MAC.
4) remove __init attribute from mtk_hw_init definition
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
introduce power domain control which the digital circuit of
the ethernet belongs to inside the flow of hardware initialization
and deinitialization which helps the entire ethernet hardware block
could restart cleanly and completely as being back to the initial
state when the whole machine reboot.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This cleans up the error path inside mtk_hw_init call, causing it able
to exit appropriately when something fails and also includes refactoring
mtk_cleanup call to make the partial logic reusable on the error path.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
grouping things related to the deinitialization of what
mtk_hw_init call does that help to be reused by the reset
process and the error path handling.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the existing mtk_hw_init includes hardware and software
initialization inside so that it is slightly hard to reuse
them for the process of the reset recovery, so some splitting
is made here for keeping hardware initializing relevant thing
and the else such as IRQ registration and MDIO initialization
what are all about to the interface of core driver moved to the
other proper place because they have no needs to register IRQ and
re-initialize structure again during the reset process.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_mk_rx_data_ack() to remove duplicate
code to form CPL_RX_DATA_ACK hardware command.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_mk_abort_rpl() to remove duplicate
code to form CPL_ABORT_RPL hardware command.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_mk_abort_req() to remove duplicate code
to form CPL_ABORT_REQ hardware command.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_mk_close_con_req() to remove duplicate
code to form CPL_CLOSE_CON_REQ hardware command.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_mk_tid_release() to remove duplicate code
to form CPL_TID_RELEASE hardware command.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_compute_wscale() in libcxgb_cm.h to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_best_mtu() in libcxgb_cm.h to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_is_neg_adv() in libcxgb_cm.h to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_find_route6() in libcxgb_cm.c to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_find_route() in libcxgb_cm.c to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cxgb_get_4tuple() in libcxgb_cm.c to remove
it's duplicate definitions from cxgb4/cm.c and
cxgbit/cxgbit_cm.c.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 9ee7b683ea we moved the enablement of msi interrupts earlier in
alx_init_intr. If there is an error in alx_alloc_rings, __alx_open returns
with an error but msi (or msi-x) interrupts stays enabled. Add a new error
label to disable msi (or msi-x) interrupts.
Fixes: 9ee7b683ea ("alx: refactor msi enablement and disablement")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The checksum provided by the device doesn't include the L3 headers,
as IPv6 expects
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the deprecated {get,set}_settings callbacks and instead add
{get,set}_link_ksettings along with support for newly available speeds.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device can support multiple port types, so don't return on first
match.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case port isn't operational we shouldn't report the port type, but
instead return PORT_OTHER. This is consistent with most other drivers
that return PORT_OTHER when media type can't be determined.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If autonegotiation was performed successfully, then we should report the
link partner's advertised speeds instead of the operational speed of the
port.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now the device always reported autonegotiation to be off
although it was on by default.
Allow the user to disable / enable autonegotiation and report its status
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phy_dev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-stm32.c:172:1: warning:
symbol 'stm32_dwmac_pm_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix missing unlock before return from function macb_start_xmit()
in the error handling case.
Fixes: 007e4ba3ee ("net: macb: initialize checksum when using
checksum offloading")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'd like to eventually remove NO_IRQ on powerpc, so remove usages of it
from powerpc-only drivers.
Signed-off-by: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When system enters into kdump kernel because of kernel panic, it won't
shutdown devices. On-flight DMA will continue transferring data until
device driver initializes. All devices are supposed to reset during
driver initialization. And this property is used to fix the kdump
failure in system with intel iommu. Other systems with hardware iommu
should be similar. Please check commit 091d42e ("iommu/vt-d: Copy
translation tables from old kernel") and those commits around.
But bnx2 driver doesn't reset device during driver initialization. The
device resetting is deferred to net device up stage. This will cause
hardware iommu handling failure on bnx2 device. And its resetting relies
on firmware. So in this patch move the firmware requesting code to earlier
bnx2_init_one(), then next call bnx2_reset_chip to reset device.
Signed-off-by: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Daniele Venzano <venza@brownhat.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When port is down, tx drop counter update is not needed.
Updating the counter in this case can cause a kernel
panic as when the port is down, ring can be NULL.
Fixes: 63a664b7e9 ("net/mlx4_en: fix tx_dropped bug")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a capability check before enabling DCBX.
In addition, it re-organizes the relevant data structures,
and fixes a typo in a define.
Fixes: af7d518526 ("net/mlx4_en: Add DCB PFC support through CEE netlink commands")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_dcbnl_set_state() returns u8, the return value from
mlx4_en_setup_tc() could be negative in case of failure, so fix that.
Fixes: af7d518526 ("net/mlx4_en: Add DCB PFC support through CEE netlink commands")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_dcbnl_set_all() returns u8, so return value can't be negative in
case of failure.
Fixes: af7d518526 ("net/mlx4_en: Add DCB PFC support through CEE netlink commands")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hide the exposed (external) mlx5_dev_list and mlx5_intf_mutex and expose
an organized modular API to manage and manipulate mlx5 devices list.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When detaching the mlx5e interface clear all the vlans rules from the
vlan flow table.
When attaching it back restore all the active vlans rules to the HW.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed to support seamless and lightweight PCI/Internal error recovery.
Implement the attach/detach interface callbacks.
In attach callback we only allocate HW resources.
In detach callback we only deallocate HW resources.
All SW/kernel objects initialzing/destroying is kept in add/remove
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save the user configuration in the vport sturct.
Restore saved old configuration upon vport enable.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Init/cleanup sriov/eswitch in the core software context init/cleanup
flows.
Attach/detach sriov/eswitch in the core load/unload flows.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed for lightweight and modular internal/pci error handling.
Implement eswitch attach function which allocates/starts hw related
resources.
Implement eswitch detach function which releases/stops hw related
resources.
Init/cleanup function only handle eswitch software context allocation
and destruction.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed for lightweight and modular internal/pci error handling.
Implement sriov attach function which enables pre-saved number of vfs on
the device side.
Implement sriov detach function which disable the current vfs on the
device side.
Init/cleanup function only handles sriov software context allocation and
destruction.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gather all software context creating/destroying in one function and call
it once in the first load and in the last unload.
load/unload functions will now receive indication if we need to
create/destroy the software contexts.
In internal/pci error do the unload/load flows without releasing the
software objects.
In this way we perserve the sw core state and it help us restoring old
driver state after PCI error/shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add attach/detach callbacks to interface API.
This is crucial for implementing seamless reset flow which releases the
hardware and it's resources upon detach while keeping software
structures and state (e.g netdev) then reset and reallocate the hardware
needed resources upon attach.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the code and makes it look modular and symmetric.
Split sriov enable/disable to two levels: device level and pci level.
When user enable/disable sriov (via sriov_configure driver callback) we
will enable/disable both device and pci sriov.
When driver load/unload we will enable/disable (on demand) only device
sriov while keeping the PCI sriov enabled for next driver load.
On internal/pci error, VFs will be kept enabled on PCI and the reset
is done only in device level.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of device in internal error state there is no need to wait for
vf pages since they will be reclaimed manually later in the unload flow.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Measurement shows that on a MPC8xx running at 132MHz, the optimal
limit is 112:
* 114 bytes packets are processed in 147 TB ticks with higher copybreak
* 114 bytes packets are processed in 148 TB ticks with lower copybreak
* 128 bytes packets are processed in 154 TB ticks with higher copybreak
* 128 bytes packets are processed in 148 TB ticks with lower copybreak
* 238 bytes packets are processed in 172 TB ticks with higher copybreak
* 238 bytes packets are processed in 148 TB ticks with lower copybreak
However it might be different on other processors
and/or frequencies. So it is useful to make it configurable.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the length of the packet is below the defined copybreak limit,
the received packet is copied into a newly allocated skb in order
to reuse the skb. This is only interesting if it allow us to avoid
a new DMA mapping. We shall therefore not DMA unmap and remap the
skb->data. Instead, we invalidate the cache
with dma_sync_single_for_cpu() once the received data has been
copied into the new skb.
The following measures have been obtained on a mpc885 running at 132Mhz.
Measurement is done using the timebase with packets sent to the target
with 'ping -s 1' (packet len is 60):
* Without this patch: 182 TB ticks
* With this patch: 143 TB ticks
As a comparison, if we set the copybreak limit to 0, then we get
148 TB ticks. It means that without this patch, duration is even
worse when copying received data to a new skb instead of
allocating a new skb for next packet to be received
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initially, a NAPI TX routine has been implemented separately from
NAPI RX, as done on the freescale/gianfar driver.
By merging NAPI RX and NAPI TX, we reduce the amount of TX completion
interrupts.
Handling of the budget in association with TX interrupts is based on
indications provided at https://wiki.linuxfoundation.org/networking/napi
We never proceed more than the complete TX ring on a single run.
At the same time, we fix an issue in the handling of fep->tx_free:
It is only when fep->tx_free goes up to MAX_SKB_FRAGS that
we need to wake up the queue. There is no need to call
netif_wake_queue() at every packet successfully transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to a mistake in the hardware manual, the FWSLC and POST1-4 registers
were not documented and left out of the driver for RZ/A making the CAM
feature non-operational.
Additionally, when the offset values for POST1-4 are left blank, the driver
attempts to set them using an offset of 0xFFFF which can cause a memory
corruption or panic.
This patch fixes the panic and properly enables CAM.
Reported-by: Daniel Palmer <daniel@0x0f.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
msi-x support is default disabled in the alx driver. In order to test msi-x
interrupts for regressions add a module parameter to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add msi-x support to the alx driver. This is in preparation for multi queue
support.
msi-x interrupts are disabled by default because without multi queue support
there is no advantage over msi interrupts. The performance numbers observed
with iperf stay the same.
Based on information of the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out the handling of misc interrupts into a new function.
This function can be reused later for msi-x interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new flag field for the advanced interrupt capatibilities and add
new functions to enable and disable msi interrupts. These functions will be
extended later to cover msi-x interrupts.
We enable msi interrupts earlier in alx_init_intr because with msi-x and multi
queue support the number of queues must be set before we allocate resources for
the rx and tx paths.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a few warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_l2.c:112:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_sp_vport_start' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:110:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_is_valid_vfid' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:188:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_post_vf_bulletin' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:578:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_set_vfs_to_disable' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:1135:28: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_get_public_vf_info' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:1148:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_clean_vf' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:2444:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_chk_ucast' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:2762:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_vf_flr_cleanup' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
....
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We move register_netdev() to the end of dwceqos_probe() to close any
races where the netdev callbacks are called before the initialization
has finished.
Reported-by: Pavel Andrianov <andrianov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tdinfo->skb_dma is a 7 element array of dma_addr_t hence cannot be
null, so the pull pointer check on tdinfo->skb_dma is redundant.
Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_main.c:2113:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qede_set_features' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks this function with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During port init, we currently set the port's type to Ethernet after
setting its MAC address. However, the hardware documentation states this
should be the other way around.
Align the driver with the hardware documentation and set the port's MAC
address after setting its type.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When neigh_init fails, we have to do proper cleanup including
router_fini call.
Fixes: 6cf3c971dc ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Add private neigh table")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
